How to Adjust Mountain Bike Suspension: Sag, Pressure, Rebound and Compression

Learning how to adjust mountain bike suspension is one of the fastest ways to improve grip, comfort, control and confidence on the trail. Many riders spend money on high-end forks and shocks, but still ride with settings that are too hard, too soft, too slow or too fast.

The good news is that mountain bike suspension setup does not need to be complicated. If you understand the right order and what each setting actually changes, you can build a solid baseline much faster. In this guide, we explain how to adjust mountain bike suspension step by step, including sag, air pressure, rebound and compression.

This article gives you a practical process for trail, all-mountain and enduro riding. It is not about chasing random numbers. It is about building a repeatable setup that helps your bike feel balanced and predictable.

Why mountain bike suspension setup matters

Your suspension affects much more than comfort. It influences traction on climbs, support in corners, stability on descents, braking control, small-bump sensitivity and how balanced the bike feels between the fork and rear shock.

A well-adjusted bike feels calm, supportive and planted. A badly adjusted bike can feel harsh, wallowy, nervous or vague. That is why understanding how to adjust mountain bike suspension is such an important skill for every rider, not just racers or suspension tuners.

What mountain bike suspension adjustment includes

When riders search for mountain bike suspension setup, they usually mean four main things:

• air pressure or spring rate
• sag
• rebound
• compression damping

Some forks and shocks only have basic adjustments. Others include low-speed compression, climb modes or more advanced damping controls. No matter how simple or advanced your suspension is, the correct process stays the same: start with the spring baseline first, then move to damping.

The correct order to adjust mountain bike suspension

If you want a clean and repeatable setup process, use this order:

1. check tire pressure first
2. set fork and shock air pressure or spring rate
3. measure and adjust sag
4. set rebound
5. fine-tune compression damping
6. test on one short repeatable trail section
7. write your settings down

This order matters because rebound and compression only make sense once your spring baseline is already close. If your pressure or sag is wrong, damping changes often feel confusing or misleading.

Step 1: Check tire pressure before adjusting suspension

Before touching your fork or shock, make sure your tire pressure is reasonable. Tire pressure affects grip, compliance and support so much that it can easily mask suspension problems or create false setup conclusions.

If tire pressure is too high, the bike may feel harsh and skittish. If it is too low, the bike may feel vague, draggy or unstable. Start with a sensible tire baseline so your suspension testing becomes more accurate.

If you also want to dial in your tire pressure, you can use the MTB PSI Calculator.

Step 2: Set mountain bike suspension pressure

The next step in how to adjust mountain bike suspension is setting air pressure. Air pressure controls spring force and strongly affects ride height, support, comfort and travel use.

A practical starting point is the manufacturer’s pressure recommendation for your body weight. That gives you a baseline, not a final answer. The real check comes when you measure sag and then test the bike on the trail.

In general:

• too much pressure can make the bike feel tall, firm, harsh and lacking grip
• too little pressure can make the bike feel wallowy, vague and too deep in its travel

If you are setting up a rear shock specifically, you can also read How to Set Up Rear Shock on a Mountain Bike.

If your bike uses a coil shock, the same logic applies, but instead of PSI you work with the correct spring rate and sag. For that case, the Coil Spring Calculator can help.

Step 3: Set sag correctly

Sag is one of the most important setup references because it tells you how much the suspension compresses under your body weight in a neutral riding position. It is the foundation of a useful fork and shock setup.

To set sag:

1. put on your normal riding gear
2. move the fork and shock through part of their travel once or twice
3. slide the O-ring against the seal
4. get on the bike in a neutral standing position
5. step off carefully without bouncing the bike again
6. check how much travel was used

As a rough starting point, many riders begin around 15 to 20 percent sag on the fork and 25 to 30 percent sag on the rear shock. Those are useful starting points for many trail and enduro bikes, but they are not universal rules.

If sag is too low, reduce pressure. If sag is too high, add pressure. Make small changes and re-check after each one.

If you want help with the numbers, use the Suspension Setup Calculator or the MTB SAG Calculator.

What sag changes on the trail

Sag changes the overall character of the bike.

• less sag usually adds support and ride height but can reduce grip and comfort if you go too far
• more sag usually adds sensitivity and traction but can reduce support if you go too far

The goal is not to chase one perfect number. The goal is to build a baseline where the bike feels active enough for traction and supportive enough for control.

Step 4: Adjust rebound

Once pressure and sag are close, move to rebound. Rebound controls how quickly the suspension returns after compressing. This has a huge effect on whether the bike feels calm and planted or nervous and unpredictable.

A simple rebound process looks like this:

1. start from the manufacturer’s recommended baseline
2. ride one short repeatable trail section
3. change one or two clicks only
4. ride the same section again
5. compare how the bike feels under repeated hits, braking and cornering

Signs rebound is too fast:

• the bike feels springy or nervous
• the suspension extends too quickly after impacts
• the bike feels less stable in rough sections

Signs rebound is too slow:

• the suspension feels sluggish or packed down
• the bike struggles to recover between repeated hits
• the ride starts feeling harsh even though sag seems reasonable

If you want a deeper rebound-specific guide, read Rebound Setting MTB.

Step 5: Fine-tune compression damping

If your fork or shock has compression adjustment, treat it as a fine-tuning tool. Compression damping mainly changes how much support and firmness the bike has under load.

In simple terms:

• less compression usually adds sensitivity and grip
• more compression usually adds support and reduces unwanted movement
• too much compression can make the bike feel harsh and less active
• too little compression can make the bike feel vague or under-supported

If your suspension has low-speed compression, this mainly affects slower chassis movements like braking, pumping, cornering loads and pedaling inputs. It is useful, but it should come after pressure, sag and rebound are already close.

For a more detailed explanation, see Low Speed Compression MTB.

How to tell if your mountain bike suspension is too hard

A setup that is too firm often shows these signs:

• the bike feels harsh on roots, rocks and chatter
• traction feels limited
• the wheels skip instead of tracking the ground
• you use very little travel even on rough trails

If that sounds familiar, check tire pressure first, then reduce suspension pressure slightly and re-check sag before changing damping settings.

How to tell if your mountain bike suspension is too soft

A setup that is too soft often feels like this:

• the bike sits too deep in the travel
• it feels vague under pedaling or braking
• the bike dives too much in corners or compressions
• you bottom out too easily
• the bike lacks support on steeper terrain

In that case, add a little pressure, re-check sag and test again before making bigger damping changes.

The most common suspension setup mistakes

Most setup problems are not caused by bad hardware. They come from an inconsistent process. Common mistakes include:

• changing multiple settings at once
• guessing pressure without checking sag
• adjusting rebound before the spring baseline is close
• testing on different trail sections every time
• copying another rider’s settings without checking your own bike feel
• not writing down what changed

If you avoid these mistakes, mountain bike suspension tuning becomes much more manageable and repeatable.

A simple beginner baseline for mountain bike suspension

If you want the shortest possible version of how to adjust mountain bike suspension, start here:

1. check tire pressure
2. set fork and shock pressure from the manufacturer’s chart
3. measure sag and adjust toward a usable baseline
4. set rebound from the recommended starting point
5. fine-tune compression only if needed
6. test one short trail section
7. change only one thing at a time
8. write the final settings down

This already puts most riders in a much better position than turning random dials without a process.

Fox and RockShox setup: same logic, different details

Whether you ride Fox or RockShox, the setup logic stays the same: pressure first, sag second, rebound third, compression last. The exact pressure ranges, click recommendations and damping feel may differ by fork and shock model, but the process does not.

If you want brand-specific starting points, read Fox Fork Setup and RockShox Fork Setup.

Why documenting your setup matters

Getting a good setup once is useful. Being able to return to it later is even more valuable. Riders often forget which pressure worked, how many rebound clicks felt best or what changed for wetter trails, bikepark days or longer rides.

That is where SAGLY becomes useful. Instead of keeping setup notes in your head or in random screenshots, you can track sag, pressure, rebound clicks, compression settings and ride notes in one place. That makes suspension tuning much more structured and repeatable over time.

Conclusion: adjust mountain bike suspension with a process

Learning how to adjust mountain bike suspension does not need to be complicated. Start with tire pressure, set your spring baseline, verify it with sag, then move to rebound and compression in a clear order. Test one change at a time and write the results down.

To summarize:

• check tire pressure first
• set air pressure before adjusting damping
• use sag to verify your baseline
• set rebound after pressure and sag are close
• use compression only for fine-tuning
• test methodically on one repeatable section
• document the settings that work

That is how you turn suspension setup from guesswork into a repeatable system that improves grip, control and confidence.

Want a simpler way to save sag, pressure, rebound and trail-specific setup notes? Use SAGLY to keep your suspension settings organized and easier to improve over time.

FAQ: How to Adjust Mountain Bike Suspension

What is the first step in mountain bike suspension setup?

Start by checking tire pressure, then set suspension pressure, then verify the result with sag. That gives you a strong baseline before you adjust rebound or compression.

How much sag should I run on my mountain bike?

A common starting point is around 15 to 20 percent sag on the fork and 25 to 30 percent sag on the rear shock, but the ideal setup depends on your bike, terrain, riding style and preference.

Should I set rebound before sag?

No. Rebound should be adjusted after your pressure and sag are already close. Otherwise the bike can feel confusing and inconsistent.

What does low-speed compression do on a mountain bike?

Low-speed compression mainly affects slower suspension movements like braking, pumping, cornering support and pedaling inputs. It is a fine-tuning adjustment, not the first setting to change.

How do I know if my suspension is too hard?

If the bike feels harsh, lacks grip, skips over bumps and uses very little travel, your suspension may be too firm.

How do I know if my suspension is too soft?

If the bike feels wallowy, dives too deep into travel, bottoms out too easily or lacks support, your suspension may be too soft.

Can I use an app to track suspension setup?

Yes. An app can help you save sag, pressure, rebound clicks and setup notes so you can return to a good setup later instead of starting from scratch.

Download SAGLY, the mobile guide for MTB suspension setup, sag tracking, tire pressure, maintenance tracking and ride-based bike management.

The post How to Adjust Mountain Bike Suspension: Sag, Pressure, Rebound and Compression | SAGLY appeared first on SAGLY.

How to Set Up Rear Shock on a Mountain Bike: Sag, Rebound, Pressure and Setup Basics

Learning how to set up rear shock on a mountain bike can make a huge difference to grip, comfort, control and confidence on the trail. Many riders spend a lot of time thinking about fork setup, but the rear shock has just as much influence on how balanced and predictable the bike feels.

If your bike feels harsh on repeated bumps, wallowy in corners, too bouncy on rough descents or unstable under pedaling, the problem is often not the frame or the trail. It is often your rear shock setup. The good news is that you do not need to be a suspension expert to improve it. You just need the right process.

In this guide, we explain how to set up rear shock on a mountain bike step by step, what rear shock sag, rebound and pressure actually do, and how to avoid the most common setup mistakes.

Why rear shock setup matters

Your rear shock affects much more than comfort. It influences traction on climbs, stability on descents, support in corners, small-bump sensitivity and how planted the bike feels through rough terrain. A well-set rear shock helps the bike stay calm and predictable. A poorly set one can make the whole bike feel disconnected.

That is why how to set up rear shock on a mountain bike is such an important skill. Good setup helps the rear wheel track the ground better, keeps the bike more balanced front to rear and makes it easier to trust what the bike is doing underneath you.

What rear shock setup actually includes

When riders ask how to set up a rear shock, they usually mean four core things:

• rear shock air pressure or spring rate
• sag
• rebound
• compression damping, if available

Not every shock has every adjustment. Some shocks are simple and only allow pressure and rebound changes. Others include low-speed compression, climb switches or additional damping options. No matter how advanced the shock is, the best approach is still the same: start with the spring baseline, then move to damping.

The correct order to set up rear shock on a mountain bike

If you want a clean and repeatable process, use this order:

1. check tire pressure first
2. set rear shock air pressure or spring rate
3. measure and adjust sag
4. set rebound
5. fine-tune compression if your shock has it
6. test the bike on a short repeatable trail section
7. write your setup down

This matters because rebound and compression only make sense once your spring setup is already close. If pressure or sag is far off, damping adjustments often feel confusing or misleading.

Step 1: Check tire pressure before touching the shock

Before changing rear shock settings, make sure your tire pressure is sensible. Rear tire pressure has a big effect on traction, compliance and support. If it is too high, the bike can feel harsh and skittish. If it is too low, the rear end can feel vague, draggy or unstable.

This is a common reason riders misread suspension feel. They think the shock needs adjustment when the first issue is actually tire pressure. Start with a solid tire baseline so your rear shock testing becomes more useful.

Step 2: Set rear shock air pressure

For most modern trail, enduro and downcountry bikes, the first real step in how to set up rear shock on a mountain bike is setting the correct air pressure. This controls spring force and strongly affects ride height, support and how much travel you use.

A practical starting point is the shock manufacturer’s pressure recommendation for your body weight. That gives you a baseline, not a final answer. The real check comes when you measure sag.

In general:

• too much pressure can make the rear end feel firm, tall, harsh and lacking grip
• too little pressure can make the bike feel wallowy, vague and too deep in its travel

If your bike uses a coil shock, the same logic applies, but instead of PSI you work with the correct spring rate and sag.

Step 3: Set rear shock sag correctly

Rear shock sag is one of the most important setup references because it tells you how much the shock compresses under your body weight in a neutral riding position. It is one of the best ways to check whether your rear shock pressure is close to where it should be.

To set sag:

1. put on your normal riding gear including pack and water if you usually ride with them
2. move the shock through part of its travel once or twice
3. slide the O-ring against the shock body
4. get on the bike in a neutral standing position
5. step off carefully without compressing the suspension again
6. check how much travel the shock used

As a rough starting point, many riders begin around 25 to 30 percent sag on the rear shock for trail riding. That is not a universal rule, but it is a useful baseline for many bikes. Rider preference, terrain, frame kinematics and riding style still matter.

If sag is too low, reduce pressure. If sag is too high, add pressure. Small changes are usually enough.

What sag changes on the trail

Sag has a big influence on how the bike feels overall.

• less sag usually adds support and ride height but can reduce grip and comfort if you go too far
• more sag usually adds sensitivity and traction but can reduce support if you go too far

This is why rear shock setup is always a balance. The goal is not to chase a magic number. It is to find a baseline where the bike feels supportive enough while still staying active and controlled over rough ground.

Step 4: Set rebound on the rear shock

Once pressure and sag are close, move to rebound. Rebound controls how quickly the rear shock returns after compressing. This setting has a huge effect on whether the bike feels calm and planted or nervous and inconsistent.

A simple rebound process looks like this:

1. start from the manufacturer’s baseline
2. ride one short repeatable section of trail
3. change one or two clicks only
4. ride the same section again
5. compare how the rear wheel feels under repeated impacts, corners and braking zones

Signs your rebound is too fast:

• the rear end feels springy or uncontrolled
• the bike kicks back too quickly after impacts
• the rear wheel feels nervous in rough sections

Signs your rebound is too slow:

• the rear shock feels sluggish or stuck down
• the bike struggles to recover between repeated hits
• the rear end starts to feel harsh even though sag seems reasonable

One of the biggest mistakes riders make when learning how to set up rear shock on a mountain bike is changing rebound before the spring baseline is right. That usually creates confusion because rebound is being used to mask a pressure or sag problem.

Step 5: Fine-tune compression damping

If your rear shock has compression adjustment, treat it as a fine-tuning tool rather than the first thing to change. Compression damping mostly helps you control support, firmness and movement under load.

In simple terms:

• less compression usually adds sensitivity and grip
• more compression usually adds support and reduces unwanted movement
• too much compression can make the rear end feel harsh and less active
• too little compression can make the bike feel vague, wallowy or under-supported

Compression should not be used to fix a badly set spring baseline. Start with pressure and sag first, then tune compression in small steps if needed.

How to tell if your rear shock is too hard

A rear shock that is too firm often shows these signs:

• the rear wheel skips instead of tracking the ground well
• the bike feels harsh on roots, rocks or chatter
• traction feels limited on climbs and off-camber sections
• you use very little travel even on rough trails

If that sounds familiar, check tire pressure first, then reduce shock pressure slightly and re-check sag before changing other settings.

How to tell if your rear shock is too soft

A rear shock that is too soft often feels like this:

• the bike sits too deep in the travel
• pedaling feels vague or inefficient
• the rear end feels wallowy in corners and compressions
• the bike bottoms out too easily
• support feels weak on steeper terrain

In that case, add a bit of pressure, re-check sag and test again before making bigger damping changes.

The most common rear shock setup mistakes

Most rear shock problems are not caused by a bad shock. They come from an inconsistent setup process. Common mistakes include:

• guessing pressure without checking sag
• changing multiple settings at once
• adjusting rebound before the spring baseline is close
• testing on different trails every time
• copying another rider’s settings without checking your own bike feel
• not writing down what changed

If you avoid these mistakes, rear shock setup becomes much more manageable and repeatable.

A simple beginner rear shock baseline

If you want the simplest possible version of how to set up rear shock on a mountain bike, start here:

1. check rear tire pressure
2. set shock pressure from the manufacturer’s chart
3. measure sag and adjust toward a usable baseline
4. set rebound from the recommended starting point
5. test one short trail section
6. change only one thing at a time
7. write your final settings down

This alone already puts most riders in a much better place than changing random dials without a process.

Why documenting rear shock setup matters

Getting your rear shock feeling good once is useful. Being able to return to that setup later is even more valuable. Riders often forget which pressure worked best, how many rebound clicks they preferred or what changed for wetter trails, bikepark days or longer rides.

That is where a tool like SAGLY becomes useful. Instead of keeping setup notes in your head or in scattered screenshots, you can track pressure, sag, rebound clicks, compression settings and riding notes in one place. That makes testing more structured and repeatable.

Conclusion: rear shock setup should make the bike feel balanced, not confusing

Learning how to set up rear shock on a mountain bike does not need to be complicated. Start with the spring baseline, use sag as your reference, then move to rebound and compression in a clear order. Test one change at a time and write your results down.

To summarize:

• check tire pressure first
• set rear shock pressure before adjusting damping
• use sag to verify your baseline
• set rebound after pressure and sag are close
• use compression only for fine-tuning
• test methodically on one repeatable section
• document the settings that work

That is how you turn rear shock setup from guesswork into a repeatable system that improves grip, control and confidence.

Want a simpler way to save rear shock pressure, sag, rebound and trail-specific setup notes? Use SAGLY to keep your suspension settings organized and easier to improve over time.

FAQ: How to set up rear shock on a mountain bike

What is the first step in rear shock setup?

Start by checking tire pressure, then set rear shock pressure, then verify the result with sag. That gives you a solid baseline before you change rebound or compression.

How much sag should I run on my rear shock?

A common starting point is around 25 to 30 percent sag for many trail bikes, but the ideal number depends on your bike, terrain, riding style and preference.

Should I set rebound before sag?

No. Rebound should be adjusted after your pressure and sag are already close. Otherwise the bike can feel confusing and inconsistent.

How do I know if my rear shock is too hard?

If the bike feels harsh, lacks grip, skips over bumps and uses very little travel, your rear shock may be too firm.

How do I know if my rear shock is too soft?

If the bike feels wallowy, dives too deep into travel, bottoms out too easily or lacks support, your rear shock may be too soft.

Can I use an app to track rear shock setup?

Yes. An app can help you save pressure, sag, rebound clicks and setup notes so you can return to a good setup later instead of starting from scratch.

Download SAGLY, the mobile guide for MTB suspension setup, rear shock tuning, maintenance tracking and ride-based bike management.

The post How to Adjust Front Suspension on a Mountain Bike: Fork Setup Made Simple appeared first on SAGLY.

Mountain Bike Maintenance Tracker: How to Keep Your MTB Fast, Safe and Service-Ready

A good mountain bike maintenance tracker can make the difference between a bike that feels reliable all season and a bike that slowly becomes noisy, rough and expensive to fix. Many riders are motivated when it comes to buying good parts and dialing in setup, but maintenance often happens too late. Fork service gets postponed, brake pads wear down unnoticed and drivetrain parts run longer than they should.

The problem usually is not laziness. It is lack of structure. Service intervals live in your head, in old notes, in scattered screenshots or nowhere at all. After a few months of riding, it becomes hard to remember what was done, when it was done and what should happen next.

In this guide, we explain how to use a mountain bike maintenance tracker properly, which components you should monitor, how to think about service intervals and why a good tracking system can save money while improving safety and ride feel.

Why a mountain bike maintenance tracker matters

Mountain bikes operate in a harsh environment. Dirt, water, mud, dust, impacts and repeated load all accelerate wear. Even a bike that still “looks fine” can have components that are past their ideal service window.

A good mountain bike maintenance tracker helps you with three important things:

• Safety: worn brake pads, loose bearings and overdue suspension service can increase risk on the trail
• Performance: a well-maintained bike tracks better, brakes better and feels more controlled
• Cost control: small maintenance done on time is usually cheaper than major repairs caused by neglect

That is why maintenance tracking is not just an admin task. It is part of riding well.

What a mountain bike maintenance tracker should actually track

Not every part of your bike needs the same level of attention. A useful system focuses on the components that wear predictably or need regular inspection.

At minimum, your maintenance tracker should cover:

• fork service intervals
• rear shock service intervals
• brake pad checks and replacement
• drivetrain wear such as chain and cassette
• tire wear and damage
• bearing checks
• sealant refresh
• bolt checks and general inspections

Some riders also track extras like suspension setup changes, wheel truing, chainring wear or tire pressure notes. The more often you ride and the rougher the terrain, the more valuable that structure becomes.

Why memory is a bad maintenance system

Many riders think they will remember when their fork was last serviced or how many rides they have done on a drivetrain. In reality, most do not. Over time, memory becomes vague and inconsistent. That is especially true if you ride multiple bikes, travel to bikeparks, ride through changing weather or share service responsibility with a shop.

Common examples:

• “I think I changed that chain sometime in spring.”
• “The fork was serviced not that long ago, I think.”
• “The brake pads still looked okay a few rides ago.”

This kind of uncertainty is exactly why a mountain bike maintenance tracker is useful. It turns guesses into visible intervals and actual history.

Hours, kilometers or rides: what should you track?

One of the most common maintenance questions is whether you should track service based on time, ride count, hours or kilometers. The practical answer is that different components make sense with different logic.

In general:

• Suspension service is often best tracked by riding hours or ride frequency
• Drivetrain wear often correlates well with mileage and conditions
• Brake pads and tires need regular visual inspection, not just fixed intervals
• Sealant often follows calendar-based reminders plus usage and climate

The best system combines automatic ride tracking with manual service logging and inspection reminders.

The biggest maintenance mistake most riders make

The biggest mistake is waiting for something to feel obviously bad before acting. By then, performance has already dropped and parts may already have worn more than necessary.

For example:

• a fork can feel “normal” even when service quality has already declined
• a drivetrain can seem usable while chain wear is already damaging the cassette
• brake pads can work until they suddenly reach a point where performance drops sharply

A proper mountain bike maintenance tracker helps riders act before small wear becomes a larger problem.

A simple mountain bike maintenance tracker structure

If you want to build a reliable maintenance system, keep it simple. You do not need a complicated spreadsheet full of every bolt on the bike. You need a structure you will actually use.

A good maintenance tracker usually includes:

1. Component: fork, shock, chain, pads, tire, bearing, sealant
2. Last service date: when it was checked or replaced
3. Last service mileage or hours: if relevant
4. Planned interval: your next target check or service
5. Notes: what was done, what felt off, what to watch next

That is enough to build a system without creating unnecessary friction.

What to track for suspension maintenance

Suspension is one of the strongest reasons to use a maintenance tracker because its condition affects both bike feel and safety. If your fork or shock service is overdue, the bike may feel less sensitive, less supportive or more inconsistent even if your settings are still the same.

Track at least:

• last lower-leg or air-can service
• last full fork or shock service
• hours or rides since last service
• changes in feel such as harshness, reduced support or seal issues

This becomes even more valuable if you are also working on setup, because otherwise riders often confuse maintenance decline with setup problems.

What to track for drivetrain maintenance

Drivetrain wear can get expensive fast if it is ignored. A chain is relatively affordable. A full drivetrain replacement is not. That is why drivetrain tracking is one of the smartest uses of a mountain bike maintenance tracker.

Useful drivetrain tracking includes:

• last chain replacement
• cassette status
• chain wear check dates
• conditions ridden in frequently, such as mud or dust
• notes on shifting quality

Even simple reminders can prevent the classic mistake of running a worn chain too long.

What to track for brakes, tires and inspections

Brakes and tires are critical for safety, but many riders only look at them when there is an obvious problem. A tracker helps make inspections routine instead of reactive.

Good items to include are:

• brake pad check date
• brake pad replacement date
• rotor wear or damage notes
• tire wear and sidewall condition
• sealant refresh reminders
• pre-ride bolt and visual inspection reminders

This is especially useful for riders who travel, ride in bikeparks or switch between wet and dry conditions often.

Manual tracker vs app-based mountain bike maintenance tracker

You can track maintenance in a notebook, spreadsheet or phone notes app, and that is still better than doing nothing. But manual systems often break down because they are disconnected from riding data. If you forget to update them for a few weeks, they quickly lose value.

An app-based mountain bike maintenance tracker is usually more useful because it can bring service intervals, ride tracking and maintenance history together in one place.

If you want a cleaner process, SAGLY helps you track your bike maintenance with ride-based logic, Strava connection, reminder structure and a clear history in your bike notebook.

How a mountain bike maintenance tracker saves money

Many riders think maintenance tracking is just about organization. In practice, it can also reduce cost. Catching wear early usually protects more expensive parts. Replacing a chain in time can preserve your cassette. Servicing suspension on schedule can help avoid more expensive wear inside the system. Replacing brake pads early can prevent damage to other braking components.

So while a tracker may feel like a small admin tool, it often pays back through fewer avoidable mistakes.

Who benefits most from a mountain bike maintenance tracker?

This kind of system is especially useful if you:

• ride regularly across a full season
• own more than one bike
• care about suspension performance
• ride in changing weather and conditions
• want to reduce workshop surprises
• already use Strava or ride-tracking tools

The more riding you do, the more valuable a maintenance tracker becomes.

A simple maintenance routine you can start this week

If you want to make maintenance less overwhelming, start with this simple structure:

1. list your key components: fork, shock, drivetrain, brakes, tires
2. write down the last known service date for each one
3. set your next reminder or inspection point
4. add notes after every service or replacement
5. review it briefly every week or after major rides

This alone already creates much more clarity than trying to keep everything in your head.

Conclusion: a mountain bike maintenance tracker turns random upkeep into a system

A mountain bike maintenance tracker is not just for mechanics or highly technical riders. It is one of the simplest ways to make your bike safer, more reliable and easier to manage over time.

To summarize:

• track the components that wear predictably
• combine reminders, notes and service history
• use mileage, hours or inspections depending on the part
• act before wear becomes expensive
• keep everything in one system you actually use

That is how you stop reacting late and start managing your bike with more confidence.

Want a simpler way to keep your bike on schedule? Use SAGLY to track service intervals, connect your rides, log maintenance and build a clean maintenance history without guesswork.

FAQ: Mountain bike maintenance tracker

What is a mountain bike maintenance tracker?

A mountain bike maintenance tracker is a system for recording service intervals, inspections, replacements and maintenance history for your MTB. It helps riders stay ahead of wear and avoid missed service.

What should I track on a mountain bike?

You should at least track suspension service, drivetrain wear, brake pads, tires, sealant and general inspections. These areas have the biggest impact on safety, cost and ride feel.

Should I track maintenance by hours or kilometers?

It depends on the part. Suspension often makes sense by hours or ride frequency, while drivetrain wear often correlates well with mileage and conditions. Brakes and tires still need visual checks.

Can I use an app as a mountain bike maintenance tracker?

Yes. An app can make tracking easier by combining ride data, reminders and service history in one place. This is often more practical than using scattered notes or spreadsheets.

How does SAGLY help with bike maintenance tracking?

SAGLY helps riders track maintenance with reminders, ride-linked logic, service history and a bike notebook that keeps setup and maintenance information organized together.

Download SAGLY, the mobile guide for MTB setup, maintenance tracking, service intervals and ride-based bike management.

The post Mountain Bike Maintenance Tracker: How to Keep Your MTB Fast, Safe and Service-Ready appeared first on SAGLY.

How to Set Up Mountain Bike Suspension: A Simple Step-by-Step Guide for Better Grip, Control and Confidence

If you are wondering how to set up mountain bike suspension, you are not alone. Suspension setup is one of the most important parts of how a bike feels on the trail, but it is also one of the areas where riders get overwhelmed fastest. Sag, rebound, compression, air pressure, tire pressure and balance between front and rear can sound complicated at first.

The good news is that you do not need to understand everything at once. A strong mountain bike suspension setup starts with a simple order and a repeatable process. If you follow the right steps, you can build a much better baseline, avoid common mistakes and make your bike feel more controlled, more comfortable and easier to trust.

In this guide, we explain exactly how to set up mountain bike suspension, what to adjust first, what the most common mistakes are, and how to fine-tune your setup without guessing.

Why mountain bike suspension setup matters so much

Your suspension does much more than absorb big hits. It affects grip, comfort, support, braking control, cornering confidence and how stable your bike feels on rough terrain. If the setup is too firm, the bike can feel harsh and nervous. If it is too soft, it can feel vague, wallowy and unstable.

That is why learning how to set up mountain bike suspension is so valuable. A good setup helps you ride with more confidence and makes the bike feel more predictable. It also gives you a much better base for improving your riding technique over time.

The correct order to set up mountain bike suspension

Before we go deeper, here is the most useful high-level sequence:

1. Set tire pressure to a sensible baseline
2. Set fork and rear shock air pressure or spring rate
3. Measure and adjust sag
4. Check front-to-rear balance
5. Set rebound
6. Fine-tune compression damping if available
7. Test on one repeatable trail section
8. Document your setup

This order matters because suspension settings influence each other. If you start with rebound or compression before your sag and spring force are close, you are usually tuning around a weak baseline.

Step 1: Set your tire pressure first

It may seem surprising, but if you want to understand how to set up mountain bike suspension, tire pressure should come first. Tires are your first point of contact with the trail, and the wrong tire pressure can make your bike feel harsh, vague or unstable before suspension settings are even the real problem.

If tire pressure is too high, the bike may feel skittish and lose traction on roots, rocks and braking bumps. If it is too low, the bike may feel vague or unsupported in corners. Both can confuse your suspension testing.

A good way to start is with an MTB PSI calculator, then fine-tune based on your casing, rim width, terrain and rider weight.

Step 2: Set your fork and rear shock pressure

Once your tire pressure is sensible, the next step is spring force. On most modern trail and enduro bikes, that means fork air pressure and rear shock air pressure. If you ride a coil shock or coil fork, it means spring rate instead.

This is the foundation of your bike’s support. If your fork or shock pressure is too high, the bike can feel firm and harsh. If it is too low, the bike may sit too deep in the travel and feel vague or unstable.

You can start with the manufacturer’s recommendation, but a better approach is to use pressure only as a baseline and then verify the result by measuring sag correctly.

Step 3: Measure sag correctly

Sag is the amount your suspension compresses under your body weight in a neutral riding position. This is one of the most important reference points in suspension setup because it shows whether your spring force is in the right range for your weight and bike.

To measure sag properly:

1. Put on your normal riding gear, including shoes, pack and water
2. Set your pressure to a reasonable baseline
3. Cycle the suspension a few times
4. Stand centered on the bike in a neutral riding position
5. Measure how much the suspension compresses
6. Adjust pressure until you reach the target sag range

As a rough starting point, many riders begin around:

• Fork: around 15–20% sag
• Rear shock on trail bikes: around 27–30% sag
• Rear shock on enduro bikes: around 28–32% sag

These are only starting points. Bike kinematics, terrain and rider preference all matter. If you want a faster baseline, use the SAGLY sag calculator and then validate it on the trail.

Step 4: Check front-to-rear balance

Many riders try to tune fork and shock separately, but your bike only rides well when both ends support each other correctly. That is why front-to-rear balance is a critical part of learning how to set up mountain bike suspension.

Some common imbalance examples are:

• Front too soft, rear too firm: the bike can dive in the front and feel awkward in steep terrain
• Front too firm, rear too soft: the bike can ride nose-high and push in corners
• Both ends close on paper but mismatched in feel: the bike can feel inconsistent and hard to trust

Before touching rebound or compression, ask yourself whether the bike feels balanced under braking, in corners and on repeated impacts.

Step 5: Set rebound after sag, not before

Rebound controls how quickly your suspension returns after being compressed. This should come after pressure and sag because rebound always depends on the spring force already being in a reasonable range.

If your rebound is too fast, the bike may feel bouncy, nervous or less planted. If it is too slow, the suspension may pack down in repeated impacts and feel harsh or sluggish.

A simple process is:

• Start from the manufacturer’s baseline
• Ride one repeatable section
• Change one or two clicks only
• Look for clear differences in control, support and comfort

If you want a deeper explanation, read our guide on rebound mountain bike setup.

How to tell if rebound is too fast

• The bike feels bouncy after impacts
• The rear wheel kicks back more than expected
• The fork feels nervous or too lively
• The bike struggles to stay calm in repeated rough sections

How to tell if rebound is too slow

• The suspension packs down on repeated hits
• The bike feels harsh even though sag looks close
• The suspension seems slow to recover between impacts
• The bike feels dead instead of supportive

Step 6: Fine-tune compression damping

Compression damping is useful, but many riders try to use it too early. If your sag and rebound are not close yet, compression often only hides the real problem. That is why it comes later in the setup process.

Once the bike already feels close, compression can help fine-tune support, brake dive, cornering feel and sensitivity. In simple terms:

• Less compression usually adds sensitivity and grip
• More compression usually adds support and firmness
• Too much compression can make the bike feel harsh
• Too little compression can make the bike feel vague or wallowy

If you want to understand this setting better, read our guide on low-speed compression MTB.

Step 7: Test on one repeatable trail section

This is where good setup becomes real progress. If you want to know how to set up mountain bike suspension properly, you need to test methodically. Use one short repeatable section and change only one variable at a time.

A reliable test process looks like this:

1. Ride one short section
2. Change one setting only
3. Ride the same section again
4. Notice one or two specific differences
5. Write the result down

If you change pressure, rebound and tire pressure at the same time, it becomes almost impossible to know what improved and what got worse.

Step 8: Document your setup

This is one of the most overlooked parts of suspension setup. Many riders find a good setting once, then forget it because they never wrote it down. That is where setup becomes frustrating again.

At a minimum, document:

• Fork PSI
• Shock PSI
• Front and rear sag
• Rebound clicks
• Compression clicks
• Tire pressure
• Trail conditions
• What felt better or worse

This is exactly where SAGLY becomes useful. Instead of relying on memory, you can save your setup, compare changes, build different setups for different trails and understand what actually worked.

Common mistakes when setting up mountain bike suspension

• Starting with rebound before sag is correct
• Ignoring tire pressure and blaming suspension
• Changing multiple settings at once
• Testing on random trails instead of one repeatable section
• Using compression to fix a poor spring baseline
• Not documenting what changed

If your suspension setup feels confusing, the problem is often the process, not the bike.

A simple beginner baseline for how to set up mountain bike suspension

If you want the simplest version possible, follow this order before your next ride:

1. Set tire pressure
2. Set fork and shock pressure
3. Measure sag
4. Check bike balance
5. Set rebound
6. Only then adjust compression if needed
7. Test one short repeatable section
8. Save the setup

This will usually get you much closer to a useful setup than random experimentation or trying to copy one PSI number from the internet.

Conclusion: the best suspension setup is the one you can repeat and improve

Learning how to set up mountain bike suspension is not about chasing one magic number. It is about building a reliable baseline and improving it step by step.

To summarize:

• Start with tire pressure
• Set spring force and sag next
• Check front-to-rear balance
• Set rebound after the baseline is close
• Use compression only for fine-tuning
• Test methodically
• Document every meaningful change

That is how you move from guesswork to a setup you can trust.

Want a faster way to find your baseline and keep track of your settings? Use SAGLY to calculate your starting point, document your setup and improve your bike over time without losing clarity.

FAQ: How to set up mountain bike suspension

What is the first thing to adjust when setting up mountain bike suspension?

A good first step is tire pressure, followed by fork and shock pressure. After that, measure sag before adjusting rebound or compression.

How much sag should I run on a mountain bike?

A common starting point is around 15–20% sag in the fork and around 27–30% sag in the rear shock for many trail bikes. Enduro bikes often start slightly deeper in the rear. These are starting points, not strict rules.

Should I adjust rebound before sag?

No. Rebound should come after you set spring force and verify sag. Otherwise you may tune around a baseline that is already wrong.

How do I know if my mountain bike suspension is too hard?

If the bike feels harsh, struggles for traction, rides too high in the travel or skips over rough ground, your suspension may be too firm or your tire pressure may be too high.

How do I know if my mountain bike suspension is too soft?

If the bike feels wallowy, vague, dives too much or blows through travel too easily, your suspension may be too soft or not balanced correctly between front and rear.

Can I use an app to set up mountain bike suspension?

Yes. An app like SAGLY can help you find a baseline, save your settings, compare setups and make adjustments in a more repeatable way.

Download SAGLY, the complete mobile guide for mountain bike suspension setup, tire pressure, maintenance, setup history and step-by-step improvement.

The post How to Set Up Mountain Bike Suspension: Step-by-Step Guide appeared first on SAGLY.

MTB Suspension Setup Order: The Correct Sequence for Sag, Rebound, Compression and Tire Pressure

If you have ever changed your sag, then your rebound, then your tire pressure, and then wondered why the whole bike suddenly feels confusing again, you are not alone. One of the biggest reasons mountain bike setup feels difficult is not that the settings themselves are impossible to understand. It is that many riders change them in the wrong order.

This is why MTB suspension setup order matters so much. If you tune the wrong setting too early, every later change can shift the feel of the bike again. In practice, that means you can waste a lot of time chasing a setup problem that is actually caused by the sequence, not by the bike.

In this guide, we explain the correct order to set up your mountain bike suspension, why this sequence works, and which mistakes make riders feel lost when tuning their bike.

Why setup order matters more than many riders think

Your suspension settings are connected. Air pressure influences sag. Sag influences bike balance and support. Those changes influence how rebound feels. Compression only makes sense once the spring side of the setup is already close. Tire pressure also changes comfort, traction and support, which affects how you interpret the suspension.

That means a poor MTB suspension setup order usually creates one of two problems:

• you correct the wrong setting for a symptom that actually comes from something else
• you keep redoing earlier work because later changes shift the bike again

The solution is simple: use a repeatable sequence and change only one major variable at a time.

The best MTB suspension setup order in one overview

If you want the short version, this is the order most riders should follow:

1. set tire pressure to a sensible baseline
2. set fork and rear shock pressure or spring rate
3. measure and adjust sag
4. check front-to-rear balance
5. set rebound
6. set compression damping
7. test on one repeatable trail section
8. document the result

This sequence works because it moves from the biggest foundational variables to the smaller fine-tuning variables.

Step 1: Start with tire pressure, not damping

Many riders think suspension setup starts at the fork or shock. In reality, tire pressure should come first. Tires are the first part of the bike that interact with the ground, and the wrong tire pressure can make the bike feel harsh, vague, nervous or under-supported before suspension settings are even relevant.

If tire pressure is too high, the bike may feel harsh and skittish. If it is too low, the bike may feel unstable, vague or prone to squirming. Both problems can trick you into making suspension changes that do not solve the real issue.

A strong starting point is to use an MTB PSI calculator and then fine-tune from there based on terrain, rider weight and casing choice.

Step 2: Set spring force before anything else

Once your tire pressure is in a sensible range, the next step in the MTB suspension setup order is spring force. On an air setup, that means fork and shock pressure. On a coil setup, that means spring rate.

This is the foundation of your bike’s support and ride height. If spring force is wrong, nothing later will feel properly consistent. Rebound and compression are not there to fix a fundamentally wrong baseline.

A good way to think about it is this:

• Air pressure or spring rate decides the basic support level
• Sag tells you what that support level produces under your body weight
• Rebound and compression fine-tune how the suspension behaves once the baseline is correct

If you need a starting point, use your manufacturer’s baseline or begin with the MTB sag calculator and work from there.

Step 3: Measure sag before touching rebound or compression

This is one of the most important steps in the whole process. Sag is the amount your suspension compresses under your normal riding load. It tells you whether your spring setup is in a realistic range for your bike, your gear and your weight.

If you skip sag and go straight to rebound, you are tuning return speed around a baseline that may already be wrong. That usually creates confusion later.

As a rough starting point, many riders aim for something like:

• Trail bike fork: around 15–20% sag
• Trail bike rear shock: around 27–30% sag
• Enduro rear shock: often around 28–32% sag depending on bike and terrain

These are starting ranges, not fixed rules. Frame design, rider preference and terrain matter. But if you want your MTB suspension setup order to work, sag must come before damping.

Step 4: Check front-to-rear balance

Once both ends are in a reasonable sag range, the next step is bike balance. This is where many riders get lost because they tune the fork and shock separately and forget that the bike has to work as one system.

Common imbalance patterns include:

• front too soft, rear too firm: the bike can dive in the front and feel awkward in steep terrain
• front too firm, rear too soft: the bike can ride nose-high and push in corners
• both ends individually “close enough” but poorly matched: the bike can feel inconsistent and hard to trust

Before going deeper into rebound and compression, ask one simple question: does the bike feel balanced between front and rear under braking, in corners and on repeated trail feedback?

Step 5: Set rebound after sag, not before

Rebound controls how quickly your fork or shock returns after being compressed. It should always come after you set spring force and sag, because the correct rebound speed depends on the spring force already being close.

If you increase air pressure, the suspension often stores more return energy and may need slower rebound. If you reduce pressure, rebound may need to be opened slightly. That is exactly why rebound should not be your first move.

A practical way to start:

• begin from a sensible manufacturer baseline
• ride a repeatable section
• look for clear signs of too fast or too slow rebound
• change one or two clicks at a time

If you want more detail on what rebound is doing, read our guide on rebound mountain bike explained.

Signs your rebound is too fast

• the bike feels bouncy or nervous after impacts
• the rear wheel kicks back or feels uncontrolled
• the front end feels like it pops up too aggressively
• the bike feels less planted in repeated hits

Signs your rebound is too slow

• the suspension packs down in repeated impacts
• the bike feels harsh even though sag looks reasonable
• the suspension does not seem ready for the next hit
• the bike feels dead or sluggish instead of supportive

Step 6: Use compression damping only as fine-tuning

Compression damping is important, but it comes later in the MTB suspension setup order for a reason. Riders often try to use compression to fix problems that actually come from wrong sag, poor balance or incorrect rebound. That usually makes the bike feel more confusing, not better.

Compression is best used once your bike already feels fundamentally close. Then it can help you fine-tune support, cornering feel, brake dive and sensitivity.

In broad terms:

• less compression often adds sensitivity and traction
• more compression often adds support and firmness
• too much compression can make the bike harsh
• too little compression can make the bike feel vague or wallowy

If you want a deeper explanation of this part of the setup, read our article on low-speed compression MTB.

Step 7: Test one thing at a time on one repeatable section

Even a perfect setup sequence becomes useless if you test randomly. Once your bike is close, use one repeatable trail section or one controlled local feature and make only one change at a time.

A strong testing process usually looks like this:

1. ride one short repeatable section
2. change only one variable
3. ride the same section again
4. notice one or two specific differences
5. write the change down

This sounds basic, but it is where most riders lose clarity. They change sag, rebound and tire pressure on the same day, then ride three different trails and try to guess what improved. That is not a setup process. That is noise.

Step 8: Document everything or you will repeat mistakes

The final step in the MTB suspension setup order is documentation. This is where random testing becomes a real system.

You should write down at least:

• fork PSI or spring rate
• shock PSI or spring rate
• sag front and rear
• rebound clicks
• compression clicks
• tire pressure front and rear
• trail conditions
• what felt better or worse

This is exactly why riders often struggle without a system. They remember pieces of their setup, but not enough to repeat what actually worked.

If you want a cleaner process, use SAGLY to store your baseline, compare setups and adjust ride by ride without losing track.

The most common MTB suspension setup order mistakes

• starting with rebound before sag is correct
• using compression to fix spring-rate problems
• ignoring tire pressure and blaming suspension
• setting front and rear independently without checking balance
• changing several settings at once
• not writing changes down

If your setup always feels inconsistent, the cause is often one of these mistakes rather than a mysterious bike problem.

A practical baseline process you can follow before your next ride

If you want the simplest usable process, do this:

1. set your tire pressure to a reasonable baseline
2. set fork and shock air pressure
3. measure and correct sag
4. check whether front and rear feel balanced
5. set rebound to a sensible baseline
6. fine-tune compression only if the bike is already close
7. test one repeatable section
8. log the result

That sequence will usually get you much closer to a useful setup than random experimentation.

Conclusion: the best MTB suspension setup order is the one that removes guesswork

The best mountain bike setup is not built by chasing random clicks. It is built by working in the right order.

To summarize:

• start with tire pressure
• set spring force and sag next
• check front-to-rear balance
• set rebound after the spring side is close
• use compression only for fine-tuning
• test methodically
• document everything

That is how you turn suspension setup from trial-and-error into a repeatable process that actually improves your ride.

Want help getting your baseline faster and keeping your setup history organized? Use SAGLY to build a setup you can understand, repeat and improve over time.

FAQ: MTB suspension setup order

What is the correct MTB suspension setup order?

A good order is: tire pressure first, then fork and shock pressure, then sag, then front-to-rear balance, then rebound, then compression damping, and finally trail testing and documentation.

Should I set rebound before sag?

No. Rebound should come after you set air pressure or spring rate and verify sag. Otherwise you are tuning return speed around a baseline that may still be wrong.

Why does my suspension still feel wrong after changing rebound?

Because the real problem may not be rebound. Many setup issues actually come from incorrect sag, poor front-to-rear balance, too much or too little tire pressure, or using compression to fix the wrong problem.

Is tire pressure really part of suspension setup?

Yes. Tire pressure strongly affects traction, comfort, support and trail feel. If your tire pressure is far off, it can make you misread what the suspension is doing.

How often should I write my settings down?

Every time you make a meaningful change. The more consistently you document sag, tire pressure, rebound, compression and trail conditions, the easier it becomes to repeat what actually worked.

Download SAGLY, the complete mobile guide for MTB suspension setup, maintenance, setup history and step-by-step improvement.

The post MTB Suspension Setup Order: The Correct Sequence for Sag, Rebound, Compression and Tire Pressure appeared first on SAGLY.

Rear Shock Pressure MTB Guide: How to Find the Right Baseline and Avoid Common Setup Mistakes

Finding the right rear shock pressure MTB setup is one of the most important steps in suspension tuning. If your rear shock pressure is too high, the bike can feel harsh, nervous and lacking traction. If it is too low, the rear end may wallow, bottom out too easily and feel unstable on steeper terrain. In this guide, we explain how to find a realistic rear shock pressure baseline, how to use sag as the real reference point, and which common setup mistakes stop riders from getting the most out of their suspension.

Why rear shock pressure matters so much

Your rear shock does much more than absorb big impacts. It influences traction, comfort, support, bike balance and how efficiently the bike rides through rough terrain. Rear shock pressure determines how much spring force the shock has, which directly affects how deep the bike sits in its travel under your weight and while riding.

If the pressure is too high, the rear end often rides too tall. That can make the bike feel firm and efficient at first, but it also reduces grip, makes the rear wheel skip more easily and can make the suspension feel harsh on repeated small impacts. If the pressure is too low, the bike may sit too deep in the travel, feel vague in corners, pedal poorly and blow through travel on compressions or hard landings.

That is why correct rear shock pressure MTB setup is not a minor detail. It is one of the foundations of how your entire bike feels on the trail.

Rear shock pressure is only the starting point

Many riders search for the “correct rear shock pressure” as if there is one perfect PSI number for every rider and every bike. In reality, pressure is only a baseline. The number itself matters much less than what it produces in terms of sag, support and trail feel.

The best way to think about it is this:

• PSI is the input.
• Sag is the result.
• Trail feedback is the final validation.

That means you should not obsess over a PSI number alone. Instead, use it to get into the correct sag range, then fine-tune from there.

What sag actually tells you

Sag is the amount your suspension compresses under your body weight when you are in a neutral riding position. It is usually measured as a percentage of total shock stroke or rear wheel travel.

For many trail and enduro bikes, a common starting range is roughly:

• Trail bikes: around 27–30% sag
• Enduro bikes: around 28–32% sag
• Downhill bikes: often around 30–35% sag depending on bike design and track needs

These are not rigid rules. Frame kinematics, riding style, shock design and terrain all matter. But sag is usually a far better guide than blindly aiming for a specific pressure number you saw online.

If you want a good starting point, use an MTB PSI calculator and then verify the result by setting sag properly.

How to find your rear shock pressure baseline

A good rear shock pressure setup starts with a repeatable process. Here is the simplest and most effective way to find a baseline:

1. Put on all your riding gear. Shoes, helmet, backpack, water and tools affect your effective riding weight.
2. Use a baseline recommendation. Start with a pressure from the shock manufacturer or an MTB PSI calculator.
3. Cycle the shock a few times. This helps equalize air chambers and stabilize the reading.
4. Get into a neutral riding position. Stand centered on the bike, not seated and not hanging off the back.
5. Measure your sag. Check how much the shock compresses under your normal riding load.
6. Adjust pressure in small steps. Add or remove air until you are in the target sag range.
7. Write the result down. Document the PSI, sag, rebound clicks and trail conditions.

This baseline is where useful suspension tuning begins.

How rider weight affects rear shock pressure MTB setup

Rider weight is one of the strongest inputs for rear shock pressure, but it is not the only one. Two riders with the same weight may still need different shock pressures if they differ in:

• bike category
• frame leverage curve
• shock model
• riding aggression
• terrain type
• preference for comfort vs support

A heavier rider generally needs more pressure, but the exact amount depends on the bike’s suspension design. Some bikes are naturally more supportive, some are more active, and some require more or less pressure to achieve the same effective feel on the trail.

That is why broad online advice like “run your body weight in PSI” is often too simplistic. It may work as a very rough starting point on some bikes, but it is not a proper suspension setup method.

Common rear shock pressure mistakes

Many riders do not struggle because suspension is impossible to understand. They struggle because of a few very common setup mistakes. Here are the biggest ones:

• Using PSI as the only reference instead of measuring sag.
• Ignoring full riding gear weight when checking suspension.
• Changing too many settings at once like pressure, rebound and compression in one session.
• Testing on random trails instead of using one repeatable section.
• Trying to fix damping problems with air pressure when the real issue is rebound or compression.
• Assuming all bottom-outs are bad. A rare full-travel use on a hard hit is not always a problem.

If your setup feels confusing, it is often because the process is inconsistent, not because the bike is impossible to tune.

How to tell if your rear shock pressure is too high

There are several common signs that your rear shock pressure may be too high:

• the rear end feels harsh over roots and braking bumps
• the bike struggles for traction on loose or choppy terrain
• you rarely get close to full travel
• the rear wheel skips instead of tracking the ground
• the bike feels nervous and less planted in rough corners

In that case, the solution may be to reduce air pressure slightly and re-check sag. But only do that after making sure rebound and compression are not the real problem.

How to tell if your rear shock pressure is too low

If your rear shock pressure is too low, the signs are usually different:

• the bike sits too deep in the rear travel
• the rear end feels wallowy or vague
• the suspension blows through travel too easily
• the bike bottoms out often on medium hits
• pedaling support feels weak and the bike can feel sluggish

In that case, you may need more air pressure, but again, verify sag first and make sure the issue is not actually caused by damping or balance problems elsewhere in the setup.

Rear shock pressure and rebound: why they must be tuned together

One of the biggest setup misunderstandings is assuming that pressure alone defines how the shock feels. In reality, your rear shock pressure and rebound setting always interact.

For example:

• If you increase pressure but leave rebound too fast, the rear end can feel bouncy and uncontrolled.
• If you decrease pressure but keep rebound too slow, the shock may pack down and feel harsh in repeated impacts.
• If pressure and rebound are both wrong, the bike can feel unpredictable even if sag looks “close enough.”

This is why a strong rear shock pressure baseline should always be followed by a rebound check. Air pressure gives the shock the spring force. Rebound controls how it returns. You need both working together.

Rear shock pressure and front-to-rear balance

Rear shock pressure is not just about the rear of the bike. It also affects overall front-to-rear balance. A bike only rides well when the fork and rear shock support each other correctly.

Some classic imbalance examples:

• Rear too soft, front too firm: the bike can ride nose-high and push through corners.
• Rear too firm, front too soft: the bike can dive in the front and feel awkward in steep terrain.
• Rear and front damping mismatched: the bike can feel unsettled and inconsistent in repeated hits.

So when you work on rear shock pressure MTB setup, you should always ask how the whole bike feels, not only the rear end in isolation.

How to fine-tune after you find the baseline

Once you have a realistic rear shock pressure baseline and correct sag, the next step is fine-tuning. This should always happen in a clear order:

1. Set your rear shock pressure and sag.
2. Set rebound to a sensible baseline.
3. Set low-speed compression if your shock has it.
4. Ride one repeatable trail section.
5. Change only one variable at a time.
6. Document what improved and what got worse.

This method is much more reliable than making random changes after every ride.

When PSI calculators are helpful and when they are not enough

An MTB PSI calculator is useful because it saves time and helps riders avoid completely wrong starting points. It is especially valuable when:

• you have a new bike
• you changed to a different shock
• you are learning suspension setup for the first time
• you want to rebuild your settings from scratch

But a calculator cannot fully know your riding style, local terrain, confidence level or preference for comfort versus efficiency. That is why the best use of a calculator is to get close quickly, then fine-tune based on sag and trail testing.

For a strong baseline, start with the SAGLY MTB PSI calculator and continue from there.

Conclusion: the best rear shock pressure is the one that fits your bike, your weight and your trails

There is no single magic rear shock pressure that works for everyone. The right setup depends on rider weight, bike design, shock model, terrain and riding preference. That is why the smartest approach is to use a repeatable process instead of chasing random PSI numbers.

To summarize:

• use pressure as a baseline, not as the final answer
• set sag correctly
• fine-tune rebound and compression separately
• check front-to-rear balance
• test on repeatable terrain
• document your setup changes

That is how you stop guessing and start building a rear shock setup that actually works.

Want a faster starting point for your suspension setup? Use SAGLY to find your baseline pressure, document your settings and improve your bike step by step.

FAQ: Rear shock pressure MTB

What is the right rear shock pressure for MTB?

The right rear shock pressure depends on rider weight, bike type, shock model and riding style. A good starting point is to use an MTB PSI calculator and then verify the result by setting sag correctly.

Is rear shock pressure more important than sag?

No. Rear shock pressure is mainly the way to reach the correct sag. Sag is usually the more useful setup reference because it reflects how the bike actually sits under your riding weight.

How do I know if my rear shock pressure is too high?

If the rear end feels harsh, struggles for traction, rides too high in the travel or rarely gets close to full travel, your rear shock pressure may be too high.

How do I know if my rear shock pressure is too low?

If the bike feels wallowy, bottoms out too easily, sits too deep in the rear or feels vague in corners, your rear shock pressure may be too low.

Can I use an MTB PSI calculator instead of trail testing?

No. An MTB PSI calculator is a strong starting point, but the final setup still needs sag verification, damping adjustments and real trail feedback.

Download SAGLY, the complete mobile guide for MTB suspension setup, maintenance and step-by-step tuning.

The post Rear Shock Pressure MTB Guide: Find the Right Baseline appeared first on SAGLY.

Why Your Shock Pump Reads Lower Pressure: MTB Shock Pump Guide for Rear Shock Pressure Setup

If you have ever checked your rear shock pressure and thought, “Why does my shock pump show less PSI than I expected?”, you are not alone. This is one of the most common suspension setup questions in mountain biking. Many riders think their shock is leaking, when in reality the pressure reading often drops simply because of how a shock pump works. In this MTB shock pump guide, we explain why this happens, how to check pressure properly, and how to build a more accurate rear shock pressure setup without guessing.

Why your shock pump shows a lower pressure reading

The most important thing to understand is that your suspension air chamber is very small. Compared with a tire, the amount of air inside a fork or rear shock is tiny. When you connect your shock pump, the hose of the pump is initially empty. As soon as the valve opens, some of the air from the shock moves into the hose so the pressure can equalize across the whole system.

This means your shock pump can immediately display a lower pressure than the actual pressure that was inside the shock before the pump was attached. On some setups, this difference can be around 10 psi or more, especially on high-pressure rear shocks with small air volume.

So if your gauge suddenly looks lower, that does not automatically mean your shock lost air while riding. In many cases, it simply means the air is now shared between:

• the air chamber inside the rear shock
• the Schrader valve area
• the hose and gauge of your shock pump

This is one of the biggest reasons why riders struggle with rear shock pressure MTB setup when they first start learning suspension tuning.

Does your rear shock actually lose air when you attach the pump?

Usually, not in the way most riders think. The common mistake is assuming that the pressure drop on the gauge means the shock itself has leaked. Most of the time, the reading changes because the pump hose has to fill with air. That is a normal physical effect.

There is another confusing moment when you remove the pump. You often hear a short hiss and assume air is escaping from the shock. In most cases, that sound comes mainly from the air inside the hose of the pump, not from the rear shock itself. Once the valve closes again, the shock remains sealed.

This is why many riders believe they have a leak even though the real issue is just misunderstanding how a shock pump behaves.

Why repeated pressure checks can create suspension setup confusion

One of the most common setup mistakes is checking pressure too often without a clear method. Riders attach the pump, see a lower number, add a little air, disconnect, ride, then check again and repeat the cycle. Over time, this can lead to an inconsistent setup process where you are reacting to gauge readings instead of setting the bike based on sag and trail feedback.

A better approach is to use pressure as a starting point, not as the only truth. Air pressure matters because it helps you reach the correct sag. But the final setup should always be checked through actual riding feel and structured testing.

Rear shock pressure MTB: why PSI alone is not enough

Many riders focus too much on PSI and not enough on what the suspension is actually doing. The pressure number matters, but it is mainly there to help you reach the correct sag. Sag is the amount the suspension compresses under your body weight in riding position, and it is one of the most important foundations of any mountain bike suspension setup.

If your pressure is too high, the bike may feel harsh, ride too high in its travel and struggle for grip. If your pressure is too low, the suspension may dive too much, feel vague and bottom out too easily. That is why a structured setup process should always start with a baseline pressure, then verify sag, then fine-tune rebound and compression.

If you want a good starting point, use an MTB PSI calculator to estimate a reasonable baseline before checking your sag.

How to use a shock pump correctly

Using a shock pump correctly makes a big difference. Here is a simple process that works well for most riders:

1. Make sure the suspension is fully extended. Do not check pressure while the shock is compressed.
2. Attach the pump cleanly and firmly. Be careful not to cross-thread the valve.
3. Accept the first gauge reading as part of the system equalization. The number may be lower than you expected.
4. Adjust in small steps. Add or remove only a few psi at a time.
5. Cycle the suspension a few times. Compress and release the shock to help everything settle.
6. Check sag. PSI is only useful if it puts you into the right sag range.
7. Document your settings. Write down air pressure, sag, rebound clicks and trail feedback.

The more repeatable your process is, the easier it becomes to actually improve your setup.

How to build a reliable rear shock pressure setup

A strong rear shock pressure setup should follow a logical order. Many riders jump straight into random changes, but the best suspension tuning process is much more systematic.

1. Start with a baseline pressure recommendation.
2. Set your rear shock sag correctly.
3. Set rebound to a sensible baseline.
4. Set compression damping to a sensible baseline if your shock has it.
5. Ride a repeatable trail section.
6. Change only one variable at a time.
7. Take notes after every adjustment.

This is the approach serious riders use when they want a bike that feels predictable and balanced rather than random and inconsistent.

MTB shock pump guide: common mistakes to avoid

Here are some of the most common mistakes riders make when checking shock pressure:

• Chasing the exact same PSI number every time instead of setting sag properly.
• Ignoring rider gear weight such as shoes, helmet, backpack or water.
• Changing pressure, rebound and compression all at once, making it impossible to know what helped.
• Testing on random trails instead of one repeatable section.
• Assuming every bottom-out is bad. Using full travel occasionally can be normal on hard hits.
• Blaming the shock pump immediately instead of understanding air chamber behavior first.

A better setup process is slower, more methodical and more repeatable.

Why front and rear suspension balance matters

Rear shock pressure should never be considered in isolation. Your rear shock and fork work together as one system. Even if your rear shock pressure is technically correct, the bike can still feel wrong if the front and rear are out of balance.

Examples:

• If the rear is too soft and the fork is too firm, the bike may feel like it rides nose-high and pushes through corners.
• If the rear is too firm and the fork is too soft, the bike may dive in front and feel unbalanced on steep terrain.
• If rebound is mismatched front to rear, the bike can feel nervous or unsettled in repeated impacts.

That is why good suspension tuning is not just about finding “the right rear shock pressure MTB value.” It is about finding a balanced setup for the whole bike.

How an MTB PSI calculator helps

An MTB PSI calculator is useful because it gives you a realistic starting point based on your rider weight, bike category and suspension type. It helps reduce guesswork and gets you closer to the right setup faster.

This is especially helpful when:

• you set up a new bike for the first time
• you switch to a different fork or shock
• you have never tuned your suspension systematically before
• you want a baseline before making trail-specific adjustments

But it is important to understand what a calculator can and cannot do. A suspension setup calculator is not a replacement for riding feedback. It cannot fully know your speed, line choice, local trails or personal preferences. It gives you the baseline. The trail tells you the rest.

If you want to start from a structured baseline, check the SAGLY MTB PSI calculator and then continue with sag, rebound and trail testing.

When your bike still feels wrong even if PSI seems correct

Sometimes your gauge reading is fine, but the bike still feels off. In that case, the problem is often not air pressure alone. It may be:

• rebound that is too slow or too fast
• compression damping that is too firm
• front and rear imbalance
• tire pressure masking suspension feel
• poor setup for the specific trail conditions
• service intervals being overdue

This is why riders who really want to improve should use a structured setup workflow instead of only watching PSI numbers.

Conclusion: use pressure as a baseline, not as the whole answer

If your shock pump reads lower pressure when you attach it, that does not automatically mean your rear shock is leaking. In many cases, it is simply the result of the pump hose filling with air and the pressure equalizing across a larger volume.

The key is to stop guessing and start following a consistent process:

• start with a realistic pressure baseline
• use an MTB PSI calculator
• set your sag correctly
• fine-tune rebound and compression one step at a time
• track your settings and compare trail feedback

That is how you build a suspension setup that actually works on the trail instead of just looking right on the gauge.

Want a better starting point for your fork and rear shock setup? Use SAGLY to calculate baseline settings, document your setup and improve your suspension step by step.

FAQ: MTB shock pump and rear shock pressure

Why does my shock pump show lower pressure when I attach it?

Because the hose of the pump has to fill with air when you connect it. That increases the total air volume of the system for a moment, so the gauge can show a lower pressure even when the shock is not leaking.

Does attaching a shock pump let air out of my rear shock?

Not usually in a meaningful way if the pump is working correctly. The hiss you hear when disconnecting the pump often comes from the air inside the pump hose, not from the shock itself.

What is the correct rear shock pressure for MTB?

The correct pressure depends on rider weight, bike type, rear shock model and riding style. A good starting point is to use an MTB PSI calculator and then verify your sag before fine-tuning.

Is PSI more important than sag?

No. PSI is mainly the way you reach the correct sag. Sag is the more useful setup reference because it reflects how the bike actually sits under your body weight.

Can an MTB PSI calculator replace trail testing?

No. A calculator gives you a strong baseline, but the final setup still depends on trail feedback, rebound, compression and the balance between front and rear suspension.

Download SAGLY, the complete mobile guide for MTB suspension setup, maintenance and step-by-step bike tuning.

The post Why Your Shock Pump Reads Lower Pressure | MTB Shock Pump Guide appeared first on SAGLY.

Mastering Shock Pump Use with an MTB PSI Calculator: Avoiding Common Mistakes

If you’re new to mountain biking or fine-tuning your bike’s suspension, you may have encountered frustratingly inconsistent pressure readings when using your shock pump. One of the most common mistakes is not pre-charging your pump. Let’s dive into why this happens, how you can prevent it, and how an MTB PSI calculator can help.

Understanding the Air Chamber Dynamics

Your bike’s shock has a small air chamber, significantly smaller than a car tire or even your bike tire. When you attach your shock pump, the line of the pump needs to be filled with air, effectively increasing the volume of the air chamber. This sudden increase in volume causes a drop in pressure. As a result, your pump might show a pressure reading that is 10 to 15 psi lower than the actual pressure in the shock. In cases of extremely high initial pressure, the reading could be even lower.

Repeatedly connecting and disconnecting the pump without pre-charging can even lead to draining the shock over time, causing consistent low readings and impacting your riding experience.

The Importance of Pre-Charging Your Pump so that the MTB PSI Calculator displayes right values

New riders often encounter this issue because they might not be familiar with the concept of pre-charging the pump. You might hear them say, “Every time I check my suspension, it’s lower.” This isn’t due to a leak or a fault in the shock itself but rather the method of checking the pressure.

How to Pre-Charge Your Pump

Here’s a step-by-step guide to pre-charge your shock pump and get accurate readings:

1. Attach the Pump: Start by threading your shock pump onto the valve of the shock, but stop just before it opens the valve.
2. Pressurize the Pump: Before the valve opens, pressurize the pump to match the estimated pressure in the main air chamber. This step aims to equalize the pressure in the pump line with the main chamber.
3. Open the Valve: Once the pump is pressurized, finish threading the pump onto the valve, allowing the pressures to equalize without causing a significant drop or spike.
4. Check the Reading: The reading on your pump should now be much closer to the actual pressure in your shock, typically within a psi or two. In method helps the MTB PSI Calculator of the pump to show correct values.

Using an MTB PSI Calculator

An MTB PSI calculator can be a handy tool for fine-tuning your suspension setup. These calculators help you determine the optimal pressure for your specific riding conditions and weight. By inputting details such as your weight, bike type, and riding style, the calculator provides a recommended PSI range for your shock. This can help you achieve a more accurate and personalized setup.

Fine-Tuning Your Setup

This technique is particularly valuable for riders who are fine-tuning their suspension setup for specific conditions. For example you have a race weekend or dialing in a new bike to match their riding preferences. Accurate pressure readings, aided by an MTB PSI calculator, are crucial for optimal suspension performance. So your rides will be smooth and controlled.

Conclusion

Pre-charging your shock pump is a simple yet effective technique to avoid common pressure reading errors. By following these steps and using an MTB PSI calculator, you can ensure that your suspension is set up accurately. This will enhance your riding experience and performance. Whether you’re a seasoned rider or new to the sport, mastering the use of your shock pump and leveraging an MTB PSI calculator are essential skills. This will also help you to maintain and optimize your bike’s suspension. Happy riding!

Download SAGLY, a complete mobile guide, which helps you set up your MTB settings and maintain your bike.

The post MTB PSI Calculator appeared first on SAGLY.

How MTB Shock Pressure Influences Your Ride in Different Weather Conditions

One crucial aspect that significantly influences your ride quality is MTB shock pressure. The pressure in your mountain bike’s shocks can determine how well you handle various terrains, the comfort of your ride, and your overall control. Interestingly, weather conditions also play a pivotal role in how your shock pressure behaves and subsequently affects your biking experience. Let’s dive into how different weather conditions influence MTB shock pressure and what adjustments you might need to make.

Understanding MTB Shock Pressure

Before we delve into the weather impacts, it’s essential to understand what MTB shock pressure is. Mountain bikes typically come with either air shocks or coil shocks. Air shocks are more common because they are lighter and easily adjustable. The pressure within these shocks, measured in PSI (pounds per square inch), is crucial for maintaining the desired suspension performance.

Proper shock pressure ensures that the bike’s suspension can absorb impacts effectively, providing a smoother ride over rough terrain and better control during descents. It also prevents bottoming out, where the shock compresses fully and can no longer absorb impacts, which can be damaging and uncomfortable.

Shocks can also have a coil spring. This is a suspension with a more linear damping. What linear means is explained in this blog post. Moreover a detailed comparison between coil and air suspension can be found here.

The Impact of Weather Conditions on MTB Shock Pressure

1. Cold Weather

Cold weather can significantly affect MTB shock pressure. Air contracts when it gets cold, leading to a decrease in pressure inside your shocks.

Adjustment Tip: To counteract the effects of cold weather, you might need to increase your shock pressure slightly before hitting the trails. Regularly check your shock pressure and adjust it to maintain optimal performance. For every 20°C drop around 5 PSI should be added.

2. Hot Weather

Conversely, hot weather causes air to expand, increasing the pressure inside your shocks. Higher shock pressure can lead to a stiffer suspension, making your ride feel harsher and potentially reducing traction on bumpy trails.

Adjustment Tip: In hot conditions, consider reducing the shock pressure slightly to maintain a balance that offers comfort without compromising control. Monitoring the pressure throughout the ride is also beneficial, as temperatures can fluctuate significantly. For every 20°C increase around 5 PSI should be removed.

3. Humidity

Humidity itself doesn’t directly change shock pressure, but it can influence the performance of seals and lubricants within the shock. High humidity can lead to increased friction and resistance, which might affect how smoothly your suspension operates.

Adjustment Tip: Ensure that your shocks are well-maintained and lubricated appropriately for the conditions. Regular maintenance checks can help prevent humidity-related issues from impacting your ride. Have a look at this blog post to see how to adapt your MTB settings for wet terrain.

4. Altitude

While not strictly a weather condition, changes in altitude can also affect MTB shock pressure. Higher altitudes typically mean lower atmospheric pressure, which can lead to an increase in the internal pressure of your shocks.

Adjustment Tip: When riding at different altitudes, it’s essential to adjust your shock pressure accordingly. A portable shock pump can be invaluable for making on-the-fly adjustments.

Practical Tips for Managing MTB Shock Pressure in Various Conditions

1. Regular Checks: Make it a habit to check your MTB shock pressure before every ride, especially when there’s a significant change in weather conditions.
2. Learn how to set up air pressure with the SAG method.
3. Use a Quality Shock Pump: Investing in a reliable shock pump with a precise gauge can make a big difference in maintaining the right pressure.
4. Know Your Baseline: Understand the recommended shock pressure for your weight and riding style, and use this as a baseline to make adjustments based on weather conditions.
5. Monitor Performance: Pay attention to how your bike feels on the trail. If it feels too stiff or too soft, it might be time to adjust the shock pressure.
6. Stay Informed: Keep an eye on weather forecasts and be prepared to make adjustments as needed. Extreme weather conditions often require more frequent pressure checks and adjustments.

Conclusion

Understanding and managing MTB shock pressure is vital for an optimal mountain biking experience. Weather conditions like temperature, humidity, and altitude changes can all influence your shock pressure and, consequently, your ride. By regularly checking and adjusting your shock pressure, you can ensure that your bike performs well regardless of the weather, providing a smoother, more controlled, and enjoyable ride. Happy trails!

To set up your shock and the whole suspension in general just right, try SAGLY. SAGLY is a complete guide for your mountain bike settings and maintenance. You can find the app store links for downloading SAGLY below.

Download SAGLY, a complete mobile guide for your mountain bike riding, suspension settings and maintenance.

The post MTB Shock Pressure appeared first on SAGLY.

The Impact of Excessive MTB fork SAG on Your Mountain Bike Performance

When it comes to mountain biking, suspension setup is crucial for optimal performance and comfort. One of the key aspects of suspension setup is ensuring the correct amount of SAG in your fork. SAG refers to how much your suspension compresses under your weight when you are seated or standing on the bike. While some SAG is necessary for effective suspension, having too much can lead to a host of issues. In this post, we’ll explore what happens if your MTB fork SAG is too big and how to address it.

Reduced Efficiency

Climbing Performance: When climbing, especially on steep or technical trails, too much SAG can cause the front end of your bike to dive excessively. This dive can lead to poor traction and control, making it harder to maintain your line and momentum.

Handling Issues can be cause by too much MTB fork SAG

Steering Precision: The geometry of your bike is carefully designed for balance and control. Too much SAG alters this geometry, often resulting in sluggish and imprecise steering. This change can make navigating tight trails or technical sections more challenging and less enjoyable.

Cornering: When cornering, a fork with excessive SAG can dive too much, compromising traction and stability. This issue can lead to understeer or oversteer, making it harder to carve through turns with confidence.

Suspension Performance

Bottoming Out: One of the most immediate impacts of excessive SAG is the increased likelihood of bottoming out your suspension. With less travel available to absorb impacts, you’ll hit the limits of your suspension more frequently on rough terrain or big hits, leading to jarring and potentially damaging impacts. But be aware, while bottoming out sometimes is ok, especially on hard hits, to always bottoming out is bad.

Increased Wear and Tear

Component Wear: When your fork is constantly working in an over-compressed state, it places undue stress on the suspension components. Over time, this can accelerate wear and potentially lead to premature failure of parts such as seals, bushings, and the suspension internals. And as you know, mountain bike parts are expensive and this can be very bad for your wallet ;-).

Tire Wear: Poor suspension setup can lead to uneven tire wear. If the front tire is diving too much, it may scrub against the terrain more aggressively, leading to faster wear and potentially affecting grip.

Large MTB fork SAG and Rider Fatigue

Comfort: A bike with too much fork SAG can feel uncomfortable, especially over long distances. A harsh suspension can be tough on your joints as well as your back.

How to Correct Excessive SAG

1. Adjust Air Pressure: For air-sprung forks, increasing the air pressure can help reduce SAG. Consult your fork’s manual for the recommended pressure settings based on your weight and riding style.
2. Adjust Preload: If you have a coil-sprung fork, increasing the preload can help reduce SAG. This adjustment is usually made by turning a dial or adjusting a spacer on the fork.
3. Check for Leaks: Ensure there are no air leaks in an air-sprung fork, as even small leaks can lead to increased sag over time. Regular maintenance and inspection can help prevent this issue.
4. Increase Spring rate: A higher spring rate or coil force on your suspension should lead to less SAG. There are many spring rate calculators out there, who can help you to find the right spring rate.
5. Set Up Correctly: Follow the manufacturer’s guidelines for setting up your fork. This setup typically includes setting the SAG to a percentage of the total travel (usually 20-30%) while you are in your normal riding position.

Conclusion

Proper suspension setup, including correct MTB fork SAG, is essential for getting the best performance and enjoyment out of your mountain bike. If you’re experiencing any of the issues mentioned above, take the time to check and adjust your fork SAG. By doing so, you’ll improve your bike’s efficiency, handling, and overall ride quality, making your mountain biking adventures more fun and rewarding. Happy riding!

In case you need help with your SAG and other mountain bike settings, download SAGLY. SAGLY is a complete mobile guide for your mountain bike settings and maintenance.

Download SAGLY, a complete mobile guide for your mountain bike riding, suspension settings and maintenance.

The post mtb fork sag appeared first on SAGLY.

You want to find a reliable mountain bike service near you – Here are some tips!

Whether you’re a seasoned rider or a mountain biking enthusiast gearing up for your next adventure, ensuring your mountain bike is in top-notch condition is paramount. Regular maintenance and professional service can make a significant difference in your riding experience. In this guide, we’ll explore practical tips on how to find a reliable mountain bike service near you. Tip: SAGLY, a complete mobile guide has a built in maintenance feature, which helps you to maintain your bike. By connecting SAGLY to Strava you can import your riding data and mileage of each mountain bike. Whenever a service interval is reached you will see it in the SAGLY app. Moreover there are tips available how to carry out the service. This helps you to extend the lifetime of your bike as well as save money.

I want to find a reliable mountain bike service near me – Here are some tips!

Ask Fellow Riders: One of the best ways to discover a reputable bike service is by tapping into the local mountain biking community. Ask fellow riders for recommendations on social media platforms, forums, or local biking clubs. Personal experiences and insights from other riders can be invaluable in finding a trustworthy service. Ask especially riders with a well maintained bike and riders who seem knowledgeable about mountain bikes, MTB repairs, maintenance etc.

Check Online Reviews: Dive into online reviews to get a sense of the experiences other cyclists have had with local bike services. Platforms like Google, Yelp, or specialized biking forums often feature reviews and ratings. Look for consistent positive feedback regarding the quality of service, turnaround time, and customer satisfaction. This is a very important aspect, if your goal is: e service near me.

Visit Local Bike Shops

Establish a relationship with your local bike shops. They are likely to have connections with reputable bike service providers in the area. Bike shops often collaborate with skilled technicians who specialize in mountain bike maintenance. Ask for recommendations and inquire about any partnerships they may have with service centers. Most often you get a feeling quite fast if a bike shop or mechanic is professional and passionate about their craft.

Research Specialized Services: Mountain bikes have specific components that may require specialized attention. Look for service centers that specialize in mountain bike maintenance. A dedicated mountain bike service provider is more likely to have experienced technicians who understand the intricacies of your bike’s suspension, drivetrain, and other essential components. A good way to find fitting suspension centers or other specialised service centers is to google or even have a look at the manufactures website.

Verify Credentials: Before entrusting your mountain bike to a service center, verify their credentials. Ensure that the technicians are certified and have the necessary expertise in mountain bike maintenance. This information is often available on their website or can be obtained by directly contacting the service center.

Inquire About Turnaround Time: Time is of the essence, especially if you’re gearing up for a ride or an event. Inquire about the turnaround time for routine maintenance and repairs. A reliable service center should provide a clear timeline for when you can expect your bike to be ready for action.

I want to find a reliable mountain bike service near me – Explore Mobile Bike Services!

Explore Mobile Bike Services: Some services offer the convenience of coming to you. Mobile bike services can perform routine maintenance or repairs at your home or another convenient location. This option can save you time and effort, especially if you have a busy schedule. This is especially a valid option in the city or at areas where mountain biking is popular.

Compare Prices: While cost shouldn’t be the sole factor in your decision, it’s essential to compare prices among different service providers. A balance between quality and affordability is key. Some service centers may offer package deals for regular maintenance, providing good value for your money. Another important hint when it comes to: I want to find a reliable mountain bike service near me

Investing time in finding a reliable mountain bike service near you is a crucial step toward ensuring a smooth and enjoyable riding experience. By leveraging the insights of the local biking community, checking online reviews, and exploring specialized services, you’ll be well-equipped to make an informed decision. Regular maintenance from a trusted service center will not only extend the life of your mountain bike but also enhance your overall riding performance. Happy trails! Do not forget to checkout SAGLY maintenance feature.

Download SAGLY, a complete mobile guide for your mountain bike riding, suspension settings and maintenance.

The post mountain bike service near me appeared first on SAGLY.

Coil spring calculator MTB Know-How

Mountain biking is not just a sport; it’s a thrilling adventure that demands the perfect blend of skill, precision, and equipment. One crucial element that can significantly impact your ride is the choice of suspension. Thus within that realm, coil springs play a pivotal role. In this guide, we’ll delve into the art and science of calculating your ideal coil spring. Moreover we teach you where to find the perfect one, and why using a Coil spring calculator MTB. This can revolutionize your mountain biking experience.

Understanding the Basics: What is a Coil Spring?

Before we jump into the details of calculating your coil spring, let’s grasp the fundamentals. A coil spring is a mechanical device that stores and releases energy. It provides a crucial component in a mountain bike’s suspension system. When you hit a bump or navigate challenging terrain, the coil spring absorbs the impact. This ensures a smoother and more controlled ride.

Using a Coil spring calculator MTB to find the ideal rate

Choosing the right coil spring for your mountain bike involves understanding your weight, riding style, and the type of terrain you frequent. The coil spring rate, measured in pounds per inch (lb/in), determines how much force is required to compress the spring by one inch. Here’s a basic formula to get you started:

The SAG percentage is the amount the suspension compresses under the rider’s weight when sitting on the bike. Generally, a SAG of 25-30% is a good starting point, but personal preferences and riding styles may vary.

Where to Find Your Ideal Coil Spring for the Coil spring calculator MTB

Once you’ve calculated your ideal spring rate, the next step is finding the right coil spring for your bike. Reputable bike shops, both online and local, are excellent resources. Brands like Fox, RockShox, and Ohlins offer a wide range of coil springs with varying rates and lengths, catering to different rider preferences.

Additionally, it’s crucial to consult your bike’s manufacturer or suspension specialist to ensure compatibility. They can provide valuable insights into specific models and help you make an informed decision. This will guarantee that you have the most essential part for the Coil spring calculator MTB.

Why Choose a Coil Spring?

1. Consistent Performance: Unlike air springs, coil springs offer consistent performance regardless of temperature or altitude changes. This reliability is particularly beneficial for riders who tackle diverse terrains and conditions.
2. Plush Feel: Coil springs are known for providing a plush and supple feel. This is especially the case in the initial part of the suspension travel. This can enhance traction, control, and overall comfort on the trail.
3. Durability: Coil springs are generally more durable and require less maintenance compared to air springs. They are less susceptible to leaks and offer a longer lifespan, making them a cost-effective choice in the long run.

Choosing the right coil spring for your mountain bike is a personalized process. It involves understanding your weight, riding style, and the terrain you explore. By applying a Coil spring calculator MTB and selecting a quality coil spring from reputable brands, you can unlock a world of consistent, plush, and durable suspension performance. So, gear up, calculate your numbers, and let the coil spring magic elevate your mountain biking experience to new heights!

Download SAGLY to save your mountain bike settings and tune them. This mobile app is a complete guide for your mountain bike settings and maintenance.

Download SAGLY, a complete mobile guide for your mountain bike riding, suspension settings and maintenance.

The post Coil spring calculator MTB explained appeared first on SAGLY.

Mountain bike fork service know-how

Mountain biking is an exhilarating outdoor activity that demands a lot from your equipment, especially your bike’s fork. The fork is a critical component that absorbs impacts, smoothens out the ride. It also contributes significantly to your overall biking experience. To ensure optimal performance and longevity, a regular mountain bike fork service is essential. In this guide, we’ll explore what you need to know about fork services. This post also covers how to prevent issues, and how often to perform maintenance.

Understanding the Basics of a mountain bike fork service:

A mountain bike fork consists of several components, including stanchions, bushings, seals, and springs or air chambers. This is depending on the type of fork. Over time, these components can wear out due to the constant stress of off-road riding.

Key Signs that Your Fork Needs Service:

1. Loss of Performance: If you notice a decrease in the fork’s ability to absorb bumps and impacts, it’s a clear sign that a service is overdue.
2. Leaking Oil: Oil leakage around the fork seals is a common issue which can be fixed with a mountain bike fork service. Damaged seals can allow dirt and moisture to enter, affecting the fork’s performance.
3. Unusual Noises: Creaking, clunking, or other unusual sounds can indicate problems within the fork. These noises might be a result of worn-out bushings or damaged internals.
4. Stiction: Stiction refers to a sticky or jerky motion when compressing or rebounding the fork. This could be due to insufficient lubrication or worn-out internal components.

Preventive Measures:

1. Regular Cleaning and Inspection: Keep your fork clean and inspect it regularly for any signs of wear, damage, or oil leakage. Clean the stanchions and seals after each ride to prevent the buildup of dirt and debris.
2. Proper Adjustment: Ensure that your fork is set up correctly for your riding style, weight, and preferences. Incorrect settings can lead to premature wear and reduced performance.
3. Seal Maintenance: Fork seals play a crucial role in preventing contaminants from entering the fork. Regularly check and replace damaged seals to maintain optimal performance.
4. Lubrication: Keep the fork’s moving parts well-lubricated to reduce friction and wear. Follow the manufacturer’s recommendations for the type and frequency of lubrication.

How Often to do a mountain bike fork service:

The frequency of fork service depends on various factors, including your riding style, frequency, and the conditions you ride in. As a general guideline:

1. Basic Maintenance: Clean and inspect your fork after every ride. Wipe down the stanchions and check for any visible damage or oil leakage.
2. Regular Service: Depending on your riding intensity and conditions, perform a comprehensive fork service is a good idea. It includes seal replacement and internal inspection, every 50 to 100 hours of riding.
3. Professional Overhaul: Consider a professional fork overhaul, including damper and air spring service, every 100 to 200 hours of riding or at least once a year.

Taking care of your mountain bike fork is crucial for a smooth and safe riding experience. By understanding the signs that your fork needs attention, practicing preventive maintenance, and scheduling regular services, you can ensure that your fork performs at its best, allowing you to conquer any trail with confidence. Remember, a well-maintained fork not only enhances your biking experience. Moreover it also contributes to the longevity of your beloved mountain bike. So there are many actions to prevent mountain bike fork service. We hope telling you about them will help you.

Do not forget to download SAGLY. SAGLY has a built in maintenance feature. This feature lets you connect your SAGLY app with Strava and based on your riding hours SAGLY will suggest you maintenance intervals. This will help you to prevent damages and to carry out mountain bike services on time.

Download SAGLY, a complete mobile guide for your mountain bike riding, suspension settings and maintenance.

The post Mountain bike fork service know-how appeared first on SAGLY.

Rock Shox Setup Vs. Fox Racing Shox setup

Rock Shox Setup Vs. Fox Racing Shox setup

When it comes to mountain biking, having the right suspension system can make all the difference in your riding experience. Two giants in the world of mountain bike suspension, RockShox and Fox Racing Shox. They have been providing riders with top-notch components for years. In this blog post, we’ll delve into the distinctive features of RockShox and Fox Racing Shox suspension elements. Additionally we are shedding light on the nuances of a Rock Shox Setup.

Rock Shox Setup: Precision in Performance

RockShox has built a reputation for precision and reliability in the world of mountain bike suspension. One of the standout features of RockShox suspension elements is their user-friendly design. Thus it is making them accessible to riders of various skill levels. The Rock Shox Setup process for RockShox components is known for its simplicity. This allows riders to fine-tune their suspension to match their riding style and trail conditions.

Key Features of RockShox Suspension:

1. Solo Air Technology. RockShox employs Solo Air technology, which simplifies the setup process by using a single valve. This helps for both the positive and negative air chambers. This design facilitates easy adjustments to achieve the desired sag and responsiveness.
2. Charger Damper. In higher-end RockShox models, the Charger Damper technology provides excellent control over compression and rebound settings. Riders can optimize their suspension for different terrains. This ensures a smooth and controlled ride.
3. DebonAir Spring. The DebonAir spring system enhances small bump sensitivity. This provides a more plush and comfortable ride. It’s a feature appreciated by riders tackling technical trails with varying terrain.

Fox Racing Shox: Engineering Excellence

This brand, synonymous with high-performance suspension, is a preferred choice for many professional riders. This manufacturer is renowned for their engineering excellence. They deliver top-tier components for riders who demand the utmost in performance. The setup process for Fox Racing Shox may be perceived as more intricate. Still there is a payoff. It is a suspension system that can be finely tuned to meet the specific needs of the rider.

Key Features of Fox Racing Shox Suspension

1. FIT4 Damper: Fox Racing Shox utilizes the FIT4 damper in many of its models, offering a 4-way adjustable system for fine-tuning compression and rebound settings. This level of customization allows riders to optimize their suspension for different riding conditions.
2. EVOL Air Sleeve. The EVOL (Extra Volume) air sleeve enhances the responsiveness of Fox shocks. This is especially ithe case n the initial part of the suspension travel. This technology provides a more supple feel over small bumps and improves traction on technical climbs.
3. Kashima Coating. Found in certain high-end Fox Racing Shox models, the Kashima coating reduces friction, resulting in smoother suspension movement. This technology contributes to improved small bump and overall ride quality.

Rock Shox Setup: Simplicity Meets Versatility

Setting up a RockShox suspension system is a straightforward process. Therefore it is an attractive choice for riders who prioritize ease of use. Here’s a basic guide to RockShox setup:

1. Setting SAG. Start by adjusting the air pressure to achieve the recommended SAG for your weight. RockShox provides guidelines for the appropriate sag percentage based on your riding preferences.
2. Rebound Adjustment. Fine-tune the rebound damping according to your preference. Slower rebound settings are suitable for technical descents. On the other hand faster rebound settings can improves the bike’s responsiveness.
3. Charger Damper Settings. If your Rock Shox Setup features the Charger Dampe, experiment with the compression settings. This will help you to find the right balance between support and plushness. This adjustment can significantly improve performance on various trails.

Fox Racing Shox Setup: Precision Tuning for Performance

Firstly a Fox Racing Shox setup involves more compley adjustments. This results in a suspension system that can be precisely tuned for optimal performance. Here’s a brief guide to Fox Racing Shox setup:

1. Setting SAG: Similar to RockShox, start by adjusting the air pressure to achieve the recommended SAG. Fox provides guidelines for SAG settings based on rider weight and preferences.
2. FIT4 Damper Adjustment. Fine-tune the FIT4 damper settings to control both compression and rebound. Experiment with the adjustment knobs to find the ideal balance between firmness and responsiveness for your riding style.
3. EVOL Air Sleeve Adjustment. If your Fox Racing Shox is equipped with the EVOL air sleeve, experiment with air pressure. Therefore it will optimize small bump sensitivity and overall ride feel.
4. Kashima Coating Care. If your Fox shocks feature Kashima coating, be mindful of maintenance. Clean the stanchions regularly and follow Fox’s recommendations for maintaining the Kashima coating’s performance.

Above all in the world of mountain bike suspension, both RockShox and Fox Racing Shox stand out as leaders. Furthermore each has its unique set of features and technologies. Whether you prefer the simplicity of Rock Shox Setup or the precision tuning options offered by Fox Racing Shox. It is clear that both brands are dedicated to enhancing your riding experience. Ultimately, the choice between RockShox and Fox Racing Shox comes down to personal preference. Moreover riding style, and the specific demands of your favorite trails play a role for the decision. Whichever you choose, the world of mountain biking is sure to be a more thrilling and comfortable experience. Especially with the right suspension on your bike. Do not forget to download SAGLY. SAGLY will help you to improve your mountain bike suspension settings and maintenance.

Download SAGLY, a complete mobile guide for your mountain bike riding, suspension settings and maintenance.

The post Rock Shox Setup in comparison appeared first on SAGLY.

Rear shock pressure MTB explained

Firstly embarking on a mountain biking journey through challenging terrains such as rocky paths, root-laden trails, and square-edge obstacles is an exhilarating experience. To ensure a smooth and controlled ride, fine-tuning your mountain bike’s rear shock pressure MTB is essential. In this guide, we’ll focus on the specific adjustments needed to conquer the unique demands of rocky, rooty, and square-edge terrain.

Step 1: Understand the Impact of Terrain on Air Pressure on your rear shock pressure MTB

Firstly rocky, rooty, and square-edge terrains pose distinct challenges to your bike’s suspension system. Adjusting the rear shock air pressure allows you to optimize your bike’s performance, enhancing traction and control in these demanding conditions.

Step 2: Check Manufacturer Guidelines

Start by referring to your bike’s manual or the manufacturer’s website for air pressure recommendations. Thus these guidelines take into account factors such as rider weight, riding style, and the anticipated terrain. Keep in mind that these recommendations serve as a baseline, and adjustments will be necessary to tailor your setup to rocky, rooty, and square-edge trails.

Step 3: Set SAG for Rocky Terrain

As a result proper SAG is crucial for navigating rocky terrain efficiently. A slightly firmer setup helps prevent bottoming out on sharp rocks and maintains optimal tire contact with the ground. Follow these steps to set SAG:

1. Inflate the shock to the recommended pressure.
2. Position your bike on a flat surface.
3. Sit on the bike in your riding gear in a neutral position.
4. Aim for a SAG of approximately 25-30% of the shock’s total travel. More details on adjusting SAG you can find here.

Furthermore experiment with air pressure to achieve the desired SAG for a more controlled and responsive ride on rocky trails.

Step 4: Adjust rear shock pressure MTB for rooty Trails

Therefore rooty trails require a suspension setup that can absorb quick, successive impacts without sacrificing control. Follow these steps to optimize your rear shock for rooty terrain:

1. Start with the recommended air pressure.
2. Fine-tune SAG, leaning towards the firmer side.
3. Experiment with compression damping settings to find the right balance between absorption and responsiveness.
4. Focus on maintaining traction over roots by ensuring the rear wheel stays in contact with the ground. This will help you to find the right rear shock pressure MTB.

Step 5: Tackle Square-Edge Obstacles

Square-edge obstacles demand a suspension setup that efficiently absorbs sharp impacts, preventing jarring sensations and maintaining momentum. Moreover adjust your rear shock pressure MTB for square-edge terrain with the following steps:

1. Set SAG and adjust air pressure and high speed compression to minimize bottoming out on square edges.
2. Experiment with compression damping to find the right balance between absorption and support.
3. Consider increasing rebound damping slightly to ensure the rear wheel tracks the ground consistently.

Mastering rocky, rooty, and square-edge trails requires a nuanced approach to rear shock pressure MTB adjustments. Thus regularly assess and fine-tune your setup based on the unique demands of each terrain type. Accordingly with a dialed-in rear shock, you’ll unlock the full potential of your mountain bike, confidently conquering challenging trails and enjoying the thrill of the ride. Happy trails!

Download SAGLY, a complete mobile guide for your mountain bike riding, suspension settings and maintenance.

The post Rear shock pressure MTB appeared first on SAGLY.

Tackling the Trails: A Guide to Mountain Bike Suspension Adjustment for Wet and Rainy Conditions

Mountain biking in wet and rainy conditions can be an exhilarating challenge, pushing riders to adapt their skills and equipment. One crucial aspect of your mountain bike that requires careful consideration in such conditions is the suspension system. In this guide, we’ll delve into the essential Bike suspension adjustment you can make to your mountain bike’s suspension to ensure a safer, more controlled, and enjoyable ride when the trails are wet.

Inspecting Your Suspension Components for your Bike suspension adjustment.

Before making any adjustments, it’s crucial to conduct a thorough inspection of your mountain bike’s suspension components. Check for any signs of damage, wear, or contamination. Clean and lubricate the stanchions, seals, and pivots, as wet and muddy conditions can accelerate wear and affect performance.

Bike Suspension Adjustment and Setting the SAG

Traction is a premium, and adjusting your SAG is a fundamental step. Increase your sag slightly to provide a more plush ride and enhance traction. This adjustment allows your suspension to respond more actively to the trail’s irregularities, maintaining better contact with the ground. We have a blog post dedicated to this topic here. In addition SAGLY, a complete mobile guide for your mountain bike settings and maintenance has a SAG calculator integrated. Download SAGLY here from the App Store or google play store.

Compression Damping

Firstly compression damping controls how fast your suspension compresses when you hit an obstacle. For wet and slippery conditions, consider opening compression damping to allow the suspension to absorb impacts more gradually. This bike suspension adjustment can enhance traction on unpredictable terrain, preventing your bike from bouncing or losing contact with the ground. Like rebound compression can have two types of adjustments. Low and high speed. We have a blog post which explains each suspension setting on a MTB in more detail here. You can also check out this blog post and dive in to low speed compression.

Rebound Damping and Bike Suspension Adjustment:

Rebound damping determines how quickly your suspension extends after compression. In wet conditions, a faster rebound can prevent your bike from feeling unsettled on slippery surfaces. Experiment with opening up your rebound settings to ensure your tires stay in contact with the ground for improved stability. The reason why we turn the rebound in the counter clock-wise direction is due to the lower air pressure we have now because we have increased SAG.

Fine-tuning High and Low-Speed Compression:

Many modern mountain bike suspension systems offer separate bike suspension adjustment for high and low-speed compression. However in wet conditions, consider dialing back both high and low-speed compression. This will help you to enhance sensitivity and traction. Moreover this adjustment allows your suspension to respond more effectively. And this resonses are more effective on both small bumps and larger impacts.

Choosing the Right Tires:

While not a suspension adjustment, tire choice is critical in wet conditions. Opt for tires with a more aggressive tread pattern and softer compound for increased grip. Accordingly lowering tire pressure slightly can also enhance traction by increasing the contact patch.

Regular Maintenance:

After each wet ride, make it a habit to clean and inspect your suspension components thoroughly. Hence mud and water can accelerate wear, and regular maintenance ensures your suspension performs optimally in all conditions.

As a general rule try these specific changes on your bike when riding in the rain:

1. Decrease Air pressure by 3-5 PSI in shock or fork.
2. Turn rebound and compression counter-clockwise 1 click. Due to lower air pressure these adjustments will help you to have great settings also for wet conditions.
3. Decrease Air pressure in tires by 5 PSI.

Mastering mountain bike suspension adjustments for wet and rainy conditions requires a combination of understanding your bike’s components and fine-tuning settings based on trail conditions. By making thoughtful adjustments and regularly maintaining your equipment, you can transform your wet rides into thrilling and controlled adventures. Embrace the challenges, experiment with your setup, and revel in the unique experience of mountain biking. This should be in adverse weather conditions. Do not forget to download SAGLY. SAGLY has a built in feature which recommends you adjustment on your mountain bike suspension settings for wet conditions.

Download SAGLY, a complete mobile guide for your mountain bike riding, suspension settings and maintenance.

The post Bike Suspension Adjustment appeared first on SAGLY.

The Downhill Dangers: The Pitfalls of a Hasty MTB rebound on Your Mountain Bike

The Downhill Dangers: The Pitfalls of a Hasty MTB rebound on Your Mountain Bike

Mountain biking is an exhilarating adventure that demands a unique blend of skill, control, and a dash of fearlessness. When faced with unexpected shocks or obstacles on the trail, the instinct to make the MTB rebound faster is deeply ingrained in every rider. However, as we peel back the layers of this adrenaline-fueled pursuit, it becomes clear that a fast rebound on the shock absorber may lead to unforeseen problems and compromises in both performance and safety.

The Need for Suspension Rebound

Suspension systems are the unsung heroes of mountain biking, soaking up the rough terrain and providing a smoother ride. Among the key elements of any suspension system is the MTB rebound adjustment. It is controlling how quickly the suspension extends after compression. While it’s tempting to crank up the rebound for a faster response, an overly hasty rebound can introduce a host of issues. Those issues can affect the overall performance of your mountain bike.

Bouncing Back Too Quickly

One of the primary problems associated with a fast MTB rebound is the phenomenon known as “buckshotting” or “pogoing.” Imagine your bike bouncing back too quickly after hitting a bump – it’s not unlike riding a pogo stick down the trail. This can compromise your control and stability, making it harder to navigate technical sections and increasing the risk of accidents.

Reduced Traction and Control

A rapid rebound can result in reduced traction, especially on uneven or slippery surfaces. When your bike bounces off the ground too quickly, the tires may lose contact with the trail, diminishing your ability to steer effectively. This lack of control not only affects your overall riding experience but also puts you at greater risk of skidding or even wiping out.

Increased Fatigue when it comes to MTB rebound

Mountain biking demands physical exertion, and a poorly tuned suspension can amplify the strain on your body. A fast rebound can transmit more shock and vibration to your arms, shoulders, and back. Thus leading to increased fatigue over the course of a ride. This not only affects your performance but can also contribute to poor decision-making and reaction times on the trail.

Compromised Efficiency

Mountain biking is as much about efficiency as it is about thrill. A fast rebound can result in energy loss as the suspension rebounds too quickly. This can cause unnecessary movement and sapping your pedaling power. This compromises your ability to tackle climbs and maintain speed on flat sections, hindering the overall efficiency of your ride.

Finding the Right Balance

Achieving the perfect rebound setting is a delicate balance between responsiveness and control. Instead of opting for the fastest rebound possible, take the time to fine-tune your suspension. This should be based on the specific demands of the trail and your riding style. Experiment with different settings to find the sweet spot that maximizes both performance and safety.

In the world of mountain biking, the allure of speed is undeniable, but a fast MTB rebound on your shock absorber can lead to a cascade of problems. Prioritizing control, stability, and rider comfort over a rapid bounce-back is essential. Especially for a safer and more enjoyable experience on the trails. Remember, just as in life, the key lies in finding the right balance. A balance that ensures you can conquer the challenges of the trail while enjoying the thrill of the ride. Try SAGLY, a mobile app which helps you to adjust your mountain bike rebound properly and all other settings. Also help with the maintenance is provided directly in this mobile app.

Download SAGLY, a complete mobile guide for your mountain bike riding, suspension settings and maintenance.

The post MTB rebound mistake #1 appeared first on SAGLY.

Set SAG with SAGLY – A mobile guide for your MTB suspension

To truly enjoy a ride with your MTB, having the right suspension setup is crucial. Achieving the correct SAG for your mountain bike is a fundamental aspect of suspension tuning. It is influencing your comfort, control, and overall performance on the trails. In this guide, we’ll explore how to set SAG using the mobile app SAGLY. It is very a powerful tool designed to simplify and optimize your mountain biking experience.

What is SAGLY?

SAGLY is a mobile app that takes the guesswork out of setting SAG on your mountain bike suspension. With its intuitive interface and precise suspension setting suggestions, SAGLY helps riders achieve the optimal SAG for their weight and riding style, ensuring a comfortable and responsive ride. In addition SAGLY has a ton of features which help you with all other settings on your mountain bike.

Getting Started with SAGLY

1. Download the SAGLY App: Start by downloading the SAGLY app from the App Store (for iOS) or Google Play (for Android). The app is designed to be user-friendly and accessible to riders of all experience levels.
2. Create an Account: Once the app is installed, create an account using your email or social media credentials. This step allows you to save and access your suspension settings across different devices.

Setting Up Your Bike with SAGLY and the integrated set SAG guide

1. Input Rider Details: Provide your weight, riding style, and preferences. SAGLY uses this information to calculate the ideal MTB settings for your individual needs.
2. Enter Bike Details: Begin by entering your bike’s make, model, and year into the app. Moreover add settings like tire pressure etc.

Using SAGLY’S SAG GUIDE to set SAG

1. When you set up your bikes in the CREATE SETUP wizard you will reach a view where you set up your fork/shock. In this screen you can select the EASY SETUP GUIDE and then the SAG guide. This interactive guide will help you to set SAG and even calculate your SAG based on your input. The formula is the following: (Used travel / Total travel) *100.

The SAG GUIDE includes a few steps …

1. Position Your Bike: Place your bike on a level surface and ensure it is stable. Ideally, use a bike stand to keep it upright.
2. Measure the Sag: SAGLY will guide you through the process of measuring SAG. This typically involves taking measurements with the suspension fully extended. Then with the rider on the bike in a ready-to-ride position. Follow the app’s instructions for accurate measurements.
3. Adjust Suspension Settings: Based on the SAG measurements, SAGLY will provide recommendations for adjusting your other suspension settings. This may involve tweaking the air pressure, rebound, or compression settings on your fork and shock.
4. Test and Refine: Take your bike for a test ride to assess how the changes feel on the trail. Fine-tune the settings using SAGLY’s guidance until you find the perfect balance between comfort and performance.

To set SAG is a critical step in optimizing your mountain bike’s suspension. SAGLY makes this process straightforward and precise. By leveraging the power of this mobile app and AI, riders can enjoy a personalized and dialed-in suspension setup. Which enhances their overall riding experience. Embrace the technology, follow the steps outlined in this guide. Thus get ready to conquer the trails with confidence and control. Happy riding!

Download SAGLY, a complete mobile guide for your mountain bike riding, suspension settings and maintenance.

The post Set SAG with SAGLY appeared first on SAGLY.

Fox racing shox fork setup guide

Riding a mountain bike is not just about conquering trails; it’s about achieving the perfect balance between control, comfort, and speed. Your Fox Racing Shox fork plays a crucial role in this equation, and setting it up correctly can significantly enhance your overall biking experience. In this fox fork setup guide, we’ll delve into the key aspects you should pay attention to when setting up your Fox Racing Shox fork to ensure optimal performance on the trails.

Identifying fork model when it comes to a fox fork setup

Know Your Fork: Before diving into the setup process, familiarize yourself with the specific features of your Fox Racing Shox fork. Different models may have distinct adjustments and technologies, so consult your fork’s manual or the manufacturer’s website for accurate information.

SAG, SAG, SAG …

Set Sag Correctly: Sag is the amount your fork compresses under the rider’s weight and is a crucial factor in achieving optimal performance. Fox Racing Shox provides guidelines for setting SAG, typically recommending around 15-30% of the total fork travel for most riders. Adjust the air pressure in the fork accordingly and use the SAG indicator (if equipped) to achieve the recommended SAG.

SAG is directly related to your Air pressure

Adjusting Air Pressure: Fox Racing Shox forks often utilize air springs, allowing you to fine-tune the fork’s responsiveness. Proper air pressure ensures optimal SAG and helps your fork absorb impacts effectively. Consult the fork’s manual for the recommended air pressure based on your weight and riding style. Remember that small adjustments can make a significant difference, so take your time to find the perfect balance.

More settings to adjust when it comes to a fox fork setup

Fine-Tune Compression and Rebound: Compression and rebound adjustments control how your fork reacts to impacts and returns to its extended position. Start with the recommended baseline settings and make small adjustments based on your riding style, terrain, and personal preference. Experiment with different settings until you find the sweet spot that balances responsiveness and stability. This is important when it comes to your fox fork setup.

Important: Volume Spacers

Fine-Tune with Tokens: Some Fox Racing Shox forks come with volume spacers, commonly known as tokens. Those can be added or removed to adjust the fork’s progression. Adding tokens increases the fork’s bottom-out resistance, making it more progressive, while removing them has the opposite effect. Experiment with the number of tokens to match your riding style and the terrain you frequent.

Check for Leaks and Regular Maintenance: Before hitting the trails, ensure there are no oil or air leaks in your fork. Regular maintenance, including cleaning and lubricating, will prolong the life of your fork and keep it performing at its best. Follow the maintenance schedule outlined in the manual to keep your Fox Racing Shox fork in top condition.

Setting up your Fox Racing Shox fork requires a combination of technical know-how and personal preference. By paying attention to SAG, compression, rebound, air pressure, and utilizing features like volume spacers, you can fine-tune your fork for optimal performance on the trails. Regular maintenance is key to ensuring longevity and consistent performance. So, take the time to understand your fox fork setup, experiment with settings. And, do not forget to enjoy a ride that’s not just exhilarating but finely tuned to your riding style.

In case you need more help with your fork setup, do not forget to download SAGLY. SAGLY is a complete mobile guide, which helps you find the ideal mountain bike settings and maintain your bike.

Download SAGLY, a complete mobile guide for your mountain bike riding, suspension settings and maintenance.

The post Fox fork setup guide appeared first on SAGLY.

What is the method for calculating the stroke of my shock absorber for a MTB spring rate calculator.

One crucial aspect of your bike’s suspension setup is the spring rate. The spring rate determines how much force is required to compress the suspension. It plays therefore a significant role in maintaining traction, comfort, and control on the trails. However, calculating the correct spring rate can be challenging. Also making mistakes in this process can lead to an uncomfortable and less efficient ride. In this blog post, we’ll explore the common tips. Moreover the method for calculating the stroke of my shock absorber for a MTB spring rate calculator will be explained.

What is stroke when it comes to using a MTB spring rate calculator.

The term “stroke” in relation to shock absorbers refers to the distance the shock can travel. To determine the stroke length, measure the distance from the end of the shaft or damper body. It depends on whether you have a coil or air shock, you maybe also measure the main body of the shock. Alternatively, you can find this information on the manufacturer’s website. Typically, the manufacturer will provide a figure such as “8.75×2.75”. This indicates the overall length of the shock and the stroke length respectively. The stroke length should measure between 1.25 and 3.00 inches. If you obtain a different measurement, it is likely that you are measuring the incorrect part of the shock absorber.

When referring to maximum travel before coil binding occurs, Fox brand springs are denoted by a numerical value. For example, a value of 1.65 corresponds to a 1.5″ stroke, while a value of 2.35 or 2.38 corresponds to a stroke of 2.0″ or 2.25″. Similarly, a value of 2.8 corresponds to a stroke of 2.5″ or 2.75″, and a value of 3.25 corresponds to a stroke of 3.00″. Other spring brands may be marked with either the stroke of the shock they are intended for, such as 2.5″ x poundage, or the range of shock strokes they are suitable for, such as 57.5-65mm (in the metric RockShox system). These are important tips, which should help you when using a MTB spring rate calculator.

What is the method for determining the travel of my wheel?

The bike’s suspension linkage and design have a substantial impact on its spring rate requirements. Different suspension designs, such as single-pivot, multi-link, or virtual pivot systems, can behave differently and necessitate various spring rates. Failing to account for your bike’s specific design can result in an inefficient setup that doesn’t optimize your bike’s performance.

Research your bike’s suspension system and consult the manufacturer’s guidelines. Also to contact the technical support is a possibility. This ensures that you are calculating the spring rate correctly for your bike’s design.

Wheel travel explained

The phrase “wheel travel” pertains to the length that a wheel would travel. The travel is measured from its fully-extended shock to its fully-compressed state. The most effortless approach to acquiring this measure would be: Visit the website of your manufacturer or contact them directly. However, if you are feeling adventurous, you can attempt to measure it yourself. To accomplish this, you will have to measure the distance shown in the picture below.

What does the spring stiffness value mean when using a MTB spring rate calculator? Spring rate is the force required to compress a spring one inch, measured in pounds. To determine which spring you need, you need to know the spring rate required and what the shock travel is. A spring with a spring rate of 350 is more likely to compress than a spring with a spring rate of 450. Therefore it is softer. Springs are usually labeled with their speed and then their designed shock travel, e.g. “350×2.75”.

Calculating the correct spring rate for your mountain bike is essential for a comfortable and high-performance ride. Avoiding common mistakes, such as neglecting rider weight, ignoring riding style and terrain, overlooking suspension linkage and design, and disregarding sag, will help you achieve an optimal suspension setup. Remember that every rider is unique, and the right spring rate may require some trial and error. That is why we recommend to use a MTB spring rate calculator. Consulting with experts and fine-tuning your suspension will ultimately result in a more enjoyable and controlled experience on the trails. So, take the time to get your spring rate right, and you’ll reap the rewards in your mountain biking adventures. Do not forget to download and use SAGLY. SAGLY is a complete mobile guide for your mountain bike suspension settings and maintenance.

Download SAGLY, a complete mobile guide for your mountain bike riding, suspension settings and maintenance.

The post MTB spring rate calculator appeared first on SAGLY.

Todos to avoid a bike shock repair

Mountain biking is fun but also a rough sport. Not only on the riders body, but it can be hard on your bike’s components, especially the suspension system. The shocks on your mountain bike play a critical role in smoothing out rough terrain and providing you with a comfortable and controlled riding experience. To keep your shocks in optimal condition and avoid costly repairs, it’s essential to take proper care of them. In this blog post, we’ll explore ten tips to help you maintain your mountain bike’s shocks, prolong their lifespan and therefore avoid a bike shock repair.

Regular Cleaning and Maintenance:

One of the simplest yet most effective ways to prevent shock damage is by keeping your bike clean and well-maintained. After every ride, clean your bike thoroughly, paying close attention to the suspension components. This will help you spot any issues early and prevent dirt and grime from causing unnecessary wear.

Proper Air Pressure:

Ensure that the air pressure in your suspension is set correctly. Check your owner’s manual for the recommended pressure range and adjust it to match your weight and riding style. Incorrect pressure can lead to reduced performance and potential damage to the shocks. You can also give the SAG Method a try. In case you need help setting up your mountain bike fork, try SAGLY. A complete mobile guide for your mountain bike suspension.

Avoid a bike shock repair by doing a Service at Recommended Intervals:

Follow the manufacturer’s recommended service intervals for your shocks. Regular maintenance will help keep the shocks functioning correctly and extend their lifespan. If you’re not confident in performing the service yourself, consider taking your bike to a professional mechanic.

Protect Your Seals:

The seals on your suspension forks and shocks are critical to their performance. Keep an eye out for any signs of seal damage or leakage and replace them as needed. Using seal savers can help prevent dirt and debris from damaging the seals.

Adjusting Your Riding Style:

Adapt your riding style to the terrain. When you encounter rough trails and obstacles, try to pick smoother lines and use your body to absorb shocks rather than relying solely on your suspension. This will reduce the strain on your shocks and prolong their life. Moreover avoid flat landings or hangups. This is not only dangerous but also bad for your bike components.

Check for Loose Bolts will help you to get rid of expensive bike shock repair:

Regularly inspect your bike for loose or damaged bolts, especially those connected to your suspension. Loose bolts can lead to component damage and negatively affect your bike’s performance. Try SAGLY’s maintenance feature. With this feature you can set up maintenance intervals and you receive reminders whenever you have reached a maintenance appointment.

Replace Worn Components:

When you notice worn or damaged components within your suspension system, such as bushings or pivot bearings, replace them promptly. Neglecting these small parts can lead to more extensive damage.

Seek Professional Advice:

If you’re uncertain about any aspect of maintaining your mountain bike’s shocks, don’t hesitate to consult a professional bike mechanic or a local bike shop. They can provide guidance, perform necessary maintenance, and help you avoid costly repairs. Try also the services of one of our partners, Styrianflow. This is an exceptional professional Suspension Center from Austria.

Taking care of your mountain bike’s shocks is essential not only for a smooth and enjoyable ride but also to avoid the hassle and cost of repairs. By following these ten tips for proper shock maintenance, you can extend the life of your suspension system and ensure it performs at its best during every thrilling mountain biking adventure. Remember that regular maintenance and a little preventive care can go a long way in preserving the life of your shocks and keeping your bike in peak condition. Do not forget to download and use SAGLY. SAGLY is a complete guide for your mountain bike settings and maintenance.

Download SAGLY, a complete mobile guide for your mountain bike riding, suspension settings and maintenance.

The post Bike shock repair prevention appeared first on SAGLY.

Setting mountain bike suspension Hydraulic Bottom Out

Mountain bike suspension systems are marvels of engineering, designed to absorb impacts, provide control, and enhance your riding experience. One crucial aspect of suspension is hydraulic bottom out, a term that might sound intimidating but is vital for ensuring your safety and bike’s performance. In this blog post, we’ll dive deep into what hydraulic bottom out is, how it works in mountain bike suspension, and why it matters for riders of all skill levels. Enjoy this post about an important setting mountain bike suspension.

What is Hydraulic Bottom Out in your Setting mountain bike suspension?

Hydraulic bottom out is a feature found in many modern mountain bike suspension systems. It’s a mechanism that prevents your suspension from compressing completely or “bottoming out” during a particularly harsh impact. In case when your suspension bottoms out, it can lead to a loss of control and discomfort. This can also potentially cause damage to your bike and, more importantly, to you.

How Does Hydraulic Bottom Out Work?

Hydraulic bottom out works by utilizing hydraulic fluid in the suspension system to regulate the compression of the suspension. Thus it is preventing it from fully compressing under extreme force. This fluid is forced through small channels or ports, creating a progressive resistance. Furthermore that is gradually increasing as the suspension approaches its full compression.

Key Components of Hydraulic Bottom Out:

1. Hydraulic Fluid: A special type of oil or fluid is used in the system. It resists flowing too quickly, allowing for controlled compression.
2. Valving: Valving, often in the form of shims or adjustable pistons, regulates the flow of hydraulic fluid. This creates a gradual increase in resistance as the suspension approaches its bottom-out point.
3. Sensors: Some advanced suspension systems include sensors that monitor compression forces. This adjusts the hydraulic bottom out system in real-time to suit the terrain and riding conditions.

Why HBO matters when it comes to setting mountain bike suspension:

1. Safety: Preventing your suspension from bottoming out on rough terrain ensures you maintain control over your bike. In addition it reduces the risk of accidents and injury.
2. Comfort: By offering controlled and progressive compression resistance, hydraulic bottom out contributes to a smoother ride, minimizing jarring impacts.
3. Damage Prevention: Keeping your suspension from fully compressing protects your bike’s frame, components, and fork seals, prolonging their lifespan.
4. Tunable Performance: Many systems allow riders to fine-tune their hydraulic bottom out settings, enabling customization to match their riding style and preferences.

Understanding Hydraulic Bottom Out Adjustments:

Modern mountain bike suspension systems often allow riders to adjust their hydraulic bottom out setting. These adjustments might include varying the hydraulic fluid viscosity, changing the valving setup. Moreover it can modify the sensors to fine-tune how the suspension responds to impacts.

Riders can tailor their suspension to match the type of terrain they frequently encounter and their riding style. For instance, downhill riders might want a more progressive bottom-out resistance to handle big drops. While cross-country riders might prefer a softer setup for comfort and pedaling efficiency.

HBO is definitely an important setting mountain bike suspension

Hydraulic bottom out is a crucial component of modern mountain bike suspension, offering safety, comfort, and damage prevention. Understanding how it works and how to adjust it can greatly enhance your riding experience. As you become more familiar with your suspension system, you’ll be able to fine-tune it to meet your specific needs. As a result this ensures that you get the most out of your mountain biking adventures while staying safe and in control. We hope you enjoyed the this blog post about HBO. Do not forget to download SAGLY. SAGLY is a complete mobile guide for your mountain bike settings and maintenance.

Download SAGLY, a complete mobile guide for your mountain bike riding, suspension settings and maintenance.

The post Setting mountain bike suspension HBO appeared first on SAGLY.

SAG ADJUSTMENT MISTAKES TO AVOID

SAG ADJUSTMENT MISTAKES TO AVOID

Setting the SAG on your mountain bike is a crucial step in ensuring a comfortable and efficient ride. SAG refers to the amount your suspension compresses when you sit on your bike, and it plays a significant role in determining your bike’s performance and handling. While it might seem like a straightforward task, there are common mistakes that riders make when doing SAG adjustment. In this blog post, we’ll explore these mistakes and provide tips on how to avoid them.

Neglecting the Manufacturer’s Recommendations when doing SAG adjustment

One of the most common mistakes riders make when setting SAG is ignoring the manufacturer’s recommendations. Every mountain bike is unique, and the manufacturer provides guidelines for the ideal SAG adjustment settings for your specific model. Be sure to consult your bike’s manual or the manufacturer’s website to find the recommended SAG percentage for your front and rear suspension. Neglecting these recommendations can lead to poor performance and discomfort on the trails.

Using Incorrect Tools

Setting SAG requires precise measurements, and using the wrong tools can lead to inaccurate results. Avoid using a tape measure or other makeshift tools and invest in a high-quality suspension pump with a pressure gauge. This will ensure that you can accurately measure and adjust the air pressure in your suspension to achieve the desired SAG.

SAG adjustment and Ignoring Rider Weight and Style

Your weight and riding style have a significant impact on the amount of SAG you should set. Many riders make the mistake of assuming a one-size-fits-all approach to SAG adjustment. However, a lighter rider may require less SAG, while a heavier rider may need more. Additionally, aggressive riders who tackle challenging terrain may prefer a slightly firmer suspension setup to maintain control and responsiveness. Consider your own weight and riding style when doing SAG adjustment to optimize your bike’s performance.

Failing to Check and Adjust Regularly

SAG is not a one-and-done setting. It can change over time due to temperature fluctuations and other factors. Failing to check and adjust your SAG regularly can lead to suboptimal performance. Make it a habit to check your sag before each ride and make adjustments as needed. This will help maintain a consistent and comfortable ride on the trails.

Overlooking Front and Rear Balance

Your bike’s front and rear suspension should work in harmony to provide the best possible handling. Some riders make the mistake of setting SAG independently for the front and rear suspension without considering how they interact. It’s essential to maintain the balance between front and rear SAG. If your front suspension is too soft compared to the rear, it can affect your bike’s handling and stability.

Neglecting Rider Preferences

Finally, another common mistake is ignoring rider preferences when setting SAG. While manufacturer recommendations and general guidelines are helpful, it’s crucial to consider your personal comfort and performance preferences. Experiment with your SAG settings to find the right balance that suits your riding style, terrain, and comfort level.

Doing SAG adjustment on your mountain bike is a critical step in ensuring a comfortable and enjoyable riding experience. By avoiding these common mistakes, you can optimize your bike’s performance, enhance your comfort, and enjoy better control on the trails. Remember to consult your bike’s manual, invest in the right tools, consider your weight and riding style, regularly check and adjust SAG, maintain front and rear balance, and prioritize your own preferences. By doing so, you’ll be well on your way to a smoother, more enjoyable ride. Do not forget to download SAGLY. SAGLY is a complete mobile guide which helps you with your mountain bike settings and maintenance.

Download SAGLY, a complete mobile guide for your mountain bike riding, suspension settings and maintenance.

The post SAG ADJUSTMENT TIPS appeared first on SAGLY.

Rebound adjust errors to avoid

Rebound adjust errors to avoid

Mountain biking is an exhilarating sport that requires precise control and customization of your equipment. One critical aspect of optimizing your ride is adjusting the suspension, and one key parameter to focus on is rebound. Proper rebound adjustment can significantly enhance your comfort and performance on the trail. However, making mistakes in this process can lead to a suboptimal riding experience or even compromise your safety. In this blog post, we’ll discuss some common mistakes to avoid when doing the rebound adjust of your mountain bike suspension.

Ignoring Your Bike’s Manual:

One of the most fundamental mistakes is failing to consult your bike’s manual or the manufacturer’s recommendations. Every mountain bike and suspension system is different, and the ideal rebound settings may vary. Your bike’s manual typically provides guidelines for setting up the suspension correctly, including the optimal rebound settings. Neglecting this valuable resource can lead to incorrect adjustments and a less-than-optimal riding experience. SAGLY, the best mobile app for mountain bike settings has a built in factory-recommendation feature. This feature helps you find a good basic based on factory recommendations and your weight in seconds.

Making a Hasty Rebound adjust:

Adjusting the rebound on your mountain bike suspension is not a one-size-fits-all process. Many riders make the mistake of making a hasty Rebound adjust without thoroughly understanding the impact of each change. It’s crucial to take your time, experiment, and observe how different settings affect your ride. Small incremental changes are often more effective than large, sweeping adjustments. You should also reflect what effect the changes had on your bike. This is a crucial part of tuning your suspension on your bike and helps you to improve the settings in a systematic way.

Overlooking Your Riding Style and Terrain:

Your riding style and the type of terrain you tackle play a significant role in determining the ideal rebound settings. Different riding styles, whether it’s aggressive downhill riding or cross-country exploration, require distinct rebound settings. Similarly, the type of terrain you encounter, such as rocky trails or smooth singletrack, can affect your suspension requirements. In the mobile app SAGLY, you can create a suspension setup for many different terrains or bikeparks.

Neglecting Rider Weight:

Your weight as a rider has a direct impact on the performance of your suspension. Heavier riders may require slower rebound settings to prevent the bike from feeling too “bouncy” and losing traction, while lighter riders may need faster rebound to maintain responsiveness. Neglecting to account for your weight when adjusting rebound can result in an unbalanced and uncomfortable ride. Moreover riders weight is also related to all other settings, like air pressure, compression etc. Therefore rebound settings depend also on the other settings. SAGLY has also a feature, which generates your mountain bike settings with the help of machine learning. This is SAGLY’s AI feature and based on other riders settings it suggests you a mountain bike setup in seconds.

Not Using the Full Range of Adjustment:

Modern mountain bike suspension systems often come with a wide range of rebound adjustment. Failing to utilize this full range of adjustment limits your ability to fine-tune your suspension to your liking. Experiment with different settings and find the sweet spot that offers the best compromise between comfort and control. Also have a look at our bracketing blog post. This post helps you have a method for experimenting with your mountain bike suspension settings. This method is also used by World Cup teams and riders.

Disregarding Maintenance:

Suspension components require regular maintenance to function correctly. Neglecting maintenance can lead to issues like stiction, oil contamination, or worn-out seals, which can affect the effectiveness of your rebound adjust. Ensure that your suspension components are well-maintained to make the most of your rebound settings. For maintenance SAGLY has also neat features, which help you to remember maintenance appointments and to learn how to do them.

Proper rebound adjust of your mountain bike suspension is a critical step in maximizing your riding experience. Avoiding common mistakes in this process, such as ignoring your bike’s manual or making hasty adjustments is important. Moreover try to avoid overlooking your riding style and terrain, neglecting rider weight, and not using the full range of adjustment. Thus this can help you achieve the perfect balance between comfort and performance on the trail. Take the time to understand your bike and suspension, experiment with different settings, and maintain your equipment to ensure a smoother and safer ride. Do not forget to download SAGLY. SAGLY is mobile app which helps you not only set up your rebound but your whole mountain bike.

Download SAGLY, a complete mobile guide for your mountain bike riding, suspension settings and maintenance.

The post Rebound adjust errors appeared first on SAGLY.

A Guide to Setting Up Your Rockshox Pike Settings Fork for Your Mountain Bike

A Guide to Setting Up Your Rockshox Pike Settings Fork for Your Mountain Bike

One of the most critical components of a mountain bike is its suspension system, and the RockShox Pike fork is a popular choice among riders seeking top-notch performance on the trails. However, setting up your RockShox Pike fork properly is crucial to ensure a smooth and enjoyable riding experience. In this post, we’ll guide you through the process of setting up your Rockshox Pike Settings and provide you with essential information about this exceptional suspension fork.

Understanding the RockShox Pike Fork and its Rockshox Pike Settings

The RockShox Pike fork is renowned for its versatility and performance, making it a favorite among mountain bikers. It’s available in various models, each offering unique features and adjustability options. Before setting up your Pike fork, it’s essential to know some of its key characteristics:

1. Travel: The Pike fork is available in different travel options, typically ranging from 120mm to 160mm. The travel setting determines the fork’s ability to absorb impacts and handle rough terrain. Choose a travel option that suits your riding style and the type of trails you frequent.
2. Air Spring: The Pike fork uses an air spring system, allowing you to adjust the fork’s SAG easily. This feature is essential for fine-tuning the fork’s performance to your weight and riding preferences. Therefore directly related is the Air Pressure setting as one of the relevant Rockshox Pike Settings.
3. Damping Adjustments: The Pike fork comes with various damping adjustments, including rebound and compression. These adjustments allow you to control how fast the fork rebounds and how it absorbs impacts. Properly setting these parameters can significantly impact your riding experience. What kind of settings you have on your bike depends on the model you choose:
   1. Pike
   2. Select
   3. Select+
   4. Ultimate
   5. Ultimate Flight Attendant
4. Offset: The Pike fork offers different offsets, affecting the bike’s handling and steering. A longer offset can make the bike more stable at high speeds, while a shorter offset can make it more agile and responsive in tight corners. Also a setting which should be considered in your Rockshox Pike Settings.
5. Charger 3: The highest-performing Charger 3 damper platform gives way to a new era of riding, where the decision between adding more damping and sacrificing your hands to a harsh ride doesn’t exist. The goal; to reduce harshness that makes it to the rider’s hands, leading to having more control and confidence when riding at higher speeds. Through continued testing, learning, tinkering, and feedback provided by the fastest racers in the world, the highest performing damper technology has taken another step forward to deliver even greater results.
6. Buttercups: Low amplitude, vibration-reducing compliant material pucks… RockShox calls them ButterCups.
7. Debonair+: DebonAir+ was born out of our tireless obsession to optimize air spring performance and deliver a supreme ride feel with consistency you can trust.

Setting Up Your RockShox Pike Fork

Now that you’re familiar with the key features of the RockShox Pike fork, let’s go through the steps to set it up for your mountain bike:

1. Measure Your SAG: Start by setting the proper sag for your fork. The sag is the amount the fork compresses when you sit on your bike. Typically, you’ll want around 20-35% SAG for the Pike fork. Adjust the air pressure accordingly to achieve the desired SAG. This setting depends heavily on the terrain, you want to ride and the riding style you have.
2. Rebound Adjustment: Set the rebound damping to match your riding style. A slower rebound is suitable for rough and technical trails, while a faster rebound is better for smoother and flowy trails.
3. Compression Adjustment: The compression damping controls how the fork absorbs impacts. Experiment with the compression settings to find the right balance between comfort and support. For aggressive riding, you may want to dial up the compression, while for a smoother ride, you can reduce it.
4. Regular Maintenance: Keep your Pike fork in optimal condition by performing regular maintenance, such as cleaning, lubricating the seals, and checking for any signs of wear or damage. You want to see, how to do a fork service? Check out these videos on Instagram of Mario, one of the Co-Founders, doing a fork service. Part 1 & Part 2.

Ready to ride?

A properly set up RockShox Pike fork can make a world of difference in your mountain biking experience. Understanding the various features and adjustments available with this fork is crucial for tailoring it to your specific needs and preferences. Take the time to experiment with the settings, fine-tune your suspension, and enjoy the enhanced performance and comfort that your RockShox Pike fork can provide on the trails. Remember that rider feedback and personal experience are also key factors in achieving the perfect setup, so don’t be afraid to make adjustments until you find what works best for you. Happy riding! And … do not forget to download SAGLY.

SAGLY’s AI setup guide recommends you the fitting Rockshox Pike Settings in seconds based on your body physique and riding style.

Download SAGLY, a complete mobile guide for your mountain bike riding, suspension settings and maintenance.

The post Rockshox Pike settings tips appeared first on SAGLY.

What to Know About a Coil Spring Suspension and MTB coil spring calculator on a Downhill Mountain Bike

Downhill mountain biking is an exhilarating and challenging sport that requires a high level of control, precision, and an excellent suspension system to absorb the rough terrain. One of the most popular suspension options for downhill bikes is the coil spring suspension. In this blog post, we’ll explore what you need to know about a coil spring suspension on a downhill mountain bike, including its advantages, disadvantages, maintenance, and setup. There are also some MTB coil spring calculator available, but I will tell you more about them below.

Advantages of Coil Spring Suspension

1. Consistent Performance: Coil spring suspensions are known for their consistent performance, making them a preferred choice for downhill riders. Unlike air springs, which can be affected by temperature and require frequent adjustments, coil springs maintain their performance regardless of external conditions.
2. Plush and Responsive: Coil springs provide a plush and responsive feel that many downhill riders appreciate. They absorb bumps and impacts effectively, offering a smooth and controlled ride.
3. Durability: Coil springs are robust and durable, making them a suitable choice for the harsh conditions of downhill riding. They can withstand repeated impacts without losing performance.
4. Tunability: Coil spring suspensions allow for precise tuning to match your riding style and terrain. You can choose different spring rates to adjust the suspension’s sensitivity and support, ensuring it’s tailored to your needs.

Disadvantages of Coil Spring Suspension

1. Weight: One of the primary drawbacks of coil spring suspensions is their weight. The coil spring itself, along with associated components, can add extra pounds to your bike. This can be a disadvantage if you’re looking for a lightweight setup.
2. Limited Adjustability: While coil springs offer excellent tunability, they may not be as easy to adjust on the fly compared to air springs. Riders may need to swap out springs or make manual adjustments, which can be time-consuming.
3. Bottom-Out Risk: Coil springs have a higher risk of bottoming out when subjected to very heavy impacts. To prevent this, riders need to choose the appropriate spring rate and setup for their weight and riding style.

Maintenance of Coil Spring Suspension

To ensure the longevity and performance of your coil spring suspension, regular maintenance is essential. Here are some key maintenance tips:

1. Keep it clean: Regularly clean your suspension components to prevent dirt and grime from accumulating and affecting performance.
2. Lubrication: Apply the appropriate lubricants to keep the suspension running smoothly. This includes the stanchions, bushings, and pivot points.
3. Inspect for damage: Periodically inspect the coil spring, shock body, and all associated components for signs of wear or damage. Replace any worn parts promptly.
4. Spring rate adjustment: Depending on your weight and riding style, you may need to adjust the spring rate. Consult with your bike shop or manufacturer for guidance on proper setup.

Setting Up a Coil Spring Suspension with MTB coil spring calculator

Setting up a coil spring suspension involves selecting the right spring rate, SAG, and rebound settings to match your weight and riding preferences. Here’s a basic guide to get you started:

1. Spring Rate: Choose a spring rate based on your weight. Heavier riders typically require a stiffer spring to prevent excessive sag and bottoming out, while lighter riders should opt for a softer spring. Here you can also use MTB coil spring calculator available on the internet, like this one from fox racing shox.
2. SAG: Set your SAG at around 30-35% of the suspension’s travel. This ensures the suspension can compress appropriately when you hit bumps.
3. Rebound: Adjust the rebound damping to control the speed at which the suspension returns to its extended position. Experiment with the settings to find what works best for your riding style.

A coil spring suspension can be an excellent choice for downhill mountain biking due to its consistent performance, durability, and tunability. While it may have some disadvantages, such as added weight and limited adjustability, many riders find that the benefits far outweigh these drawbacks. Also we hope the MTB coil spring calculator mentioned above will help you. With proper maintenance and setup, your coil spring suspension can provide you with a plush and controlled ride, allowing you to conquer even the roughest downhill trails with confidence. In any case do not forget to download SAGLY. SAGLY is a mobile app which helps you with the maintenance and setup of your mountain bike.

Download SAGLY, a complete mobile guide for your mountain bike riding, suspension settings and maintenance.

The post MTB coil spring calculator appeared first on SAGLY.

Advanced Suspension MTB tune up Techniques for Expert Riders: Unraveling the Magic of Volume Tokens

As expert mountain bikers, you’ve likely already mastered the basics of suspension tuning. Now it’s time to explore the more intricate aspects of getting the most out of your suspension system. In this guide, we’ll delve into advanced suspension MTB tune up techniques. A focus is set in this post on volume tokens and the remarkable effect they can have on your mountain biking experience.

The Role of Volume Tokens and MTB tune up

In addition volume tokens, also known as volume spacers or volume reducers, are small, often inconspicuous components. They can make a profound difference in your bike’s suspension behavior. These tokens are typically used in air-sprung suspension forks and shocks and serve to alter the air spring’s progressivity. In essence, volume tokens allow you to fine-tune your suspension’s response to different types of impacts and terrain. Let’s explore how they work and the effect they can have on your ride after doing this MTB tune up.

Understanding Volume Tokens

Volume tokens are inserted into the air chamber of your fork or shock. They displace a certain volume of air, which changes the spring rate and, consequently, the suspension’s progressiveness. These tokens are generally made of plastic or foam and are available in different sizes to allow for a high degree of customization.

The Effect of Volume Tokens

1. Progressive or Linear Feel: By adding volume tokens, you make your suspension more progressive. This means that it becomes stiffer as it compresses deeper into the travel, which can help prevent harsh bottom-outs on big hits. Furthermore, removing tokens makes the suspension more linear, offering a plusher feel.
2. Small Bump Sensitivity: Moreover volume tokens can significantly affect how your suspension reacts to small bumps and minor trail irregularities. Fewer tokens can enhance sensitivity and traction over smaller obstacles. Therefore more tokens might make the suspension feel more composed over rough terrain.
3. Customized Bottom-Out Resistance: The use of volume tokens allows you to MTB tune up your suspension’s bottom-out resistance. Expert riders can adjust the tokens to find the perfect balance between avoiding harsh bottom-outs and maintaining plushness.

How to Adjust Volume Tokens

1. Adding Tokens: If you’re experiencing too many bottom-outs or your bike feels too linear, try adding a volume token. This will make your suspension more progressive. Start by adding one token at a time and test the impact on your ride.
2. Removing Tokens: To achieve a more linear suspension feel, remove volume tokens. Start by taking out one token and ride your bike to assess the change. Therefore this is also a very important aspect to consider when doing your MTB tune up.
3. Experiment: Volume tokens provide an excellent opportunity for experimentation. Try different configurations of tokens and take note of how your suspension reacts to various terrains and riding styles.

Volume tokens are powerful tools that enable expert riders to MTB tune up their suspension system with precision. By adjusting the air spring’s progressivity, you can customize your suspension to match your unique riding style and the specific terrains you tackle. As you experiment with volume tokens, keep in mind that small changes can lead to significant improvements in your riding experience. Continual testing and documentation of your setup are essential for finding the perfect balance between plushness and control. Embrace the versatility of volume tokens, and watch your mountain biking adventures reach new heights of performance and comfort. Do not forget to download SAGLY. A mobile app to document, tune and compare your mountain bike settings. Happy riding!

Download SAGLY, a complete mobile guide for your mountain bike riding, suspension settings and maintenance.

The post MTB tune up with volume spacers appeared first on SAGLY.

Preventing MTB service for your chain

Your mountain bike’s chain is a critical component that plays a pivotal role in your cycling experience. A clean and well-lubricated chain ensures smooth gear shifts, maximizes power transfer, and prolongs the life of your drivetrain. In this guide, we’ll walk you through the steps to clean and lubricate your MTB chain, helping you maintain peak performance and extend the longevity of your bike. This is also crucial to prevent MTB service or at least postpone it.

Tools and Materials You’ll Need:

1. Chain cleaning tool (optional)
2. Chain degreaser
3. Soft brush or an old toothbrush
4. Clean rags or paper towels
5. Chain lubricant designed for MTBs
6. Latex or nitrile gloves (optional)

Step 1: Prepare Your Workspace for preventing MTB service for your chain

Before you start, find a well-ventilated area or an outdoor space to work on your bike. Lay down a drop cloth or newspapers to catch any drips, and make sure you have all the necessary tools and materials at hand. This is an important step for your preventing MTB service.

Step 2: Remove the Wheel (Optional)

To make the process easier, you can remove the rear wheel, which allows better access to the chain. However, this step is optional.

Step 3: MTB service prevention and and chain cleaning

1. If you have a chain cleaning tool, attach it to your chain according to the manufacturer’s instructions. This tool typically clips onto the chain and has brushes that scrub the chain as you pedal backward. If you don’t have a chain cleaning tool, you can still clean your chain manually.
2. Apply chain degreaser to the chain. Focus on the lower run of the chain, where most of the grime and dirt accumulate. Allow the degreaser to sit for a few minutes to break down the grease and grime.
3. Use a soft brush or an old toothbrush to scrub the chain. Move the pedals backward to rotate the chain while brushing. Be thorough but gentle to avoid damaging the chain.
4. Wipe off the excess degreaser and dirt with a clean rag or paper towels. Repeat this process until the rag comes away mostly clean.

Step 4: Rinse and Dry the Chain

If you have a garden hose, you can lightly rinse the chain to remove any remaining degreaser. Be cautious not to use high-pressure water, as it can force water into the chain’s internal parts. After rinsing, pat the chain dry with a clean rag or allow it to air dry completely.

Step 5: Lubricate the Chain

1. Apply a high-quality, MTB-specific chain lubricant to the chain. Drip a small amount onto each chain link while turning the pedals backward. Ensure you cover the entire chain. Be mindful not to over-apply; excess lubricant can attract dirt.
2. Allow the lubricant to sit for a few minutes to penetrate the chain’s internal parts for your MTB service prevention.

Step 6: Wipe Off Excess Lubricant and prevent mountain bike service

After the lubricant has had time to settle in, use a clean rag to wipe off any excess. A properly lubricated chain should appear shiny but not wet.

Step 7: Reinstall the Wheel (if removed)

If you removed the rear wheel, carefully reinstall it, ensuring the chain is properly seated on the cassette and chainring. Check your gear shifting to ensure everything is working smoothly.

Regularly cleaning and lubricating your MTB chain is a simple yet essential MTB bike maintenance task that can make a significant difference in your riding experience. By following these steps, you can keep your chain running smoothly, improve gear shifting, and extend the life of your drivetrain. Make chain maintenance a part of your routine, and your mountain bike will thank you with better performance and longevity. Do not forget to download SAGLY. SAGLY helps you to maintain and set up your mountain bike. It is a mobile app available in the Google Play and App Store. Happy riding!

Download SAGLY, a complete mobile guide for your mountain bike riding, suspension settings and maintenance.

The post MTB service prevention appeared first on SAGLY.

Suspension tuning MTB for Your Mountain Bike: Linear vs. Progressive Suspension

Suspension tuning MTB for Your Mountain Bike: Linear vs. Progressive Suspension

When it comes to maximizing your mountain biking experience, suspension tuning plays a pivotal role. One of the most critical decisions you’ll make in this process is choosing between linear and progressive suspension systems. In this blog post, we’ll delve into the key differences between these two setups and help you understand how Suspension tuning MTB can impact your MTB (Mountain Bike) adventures.

Suspension tuning MTB and Its Importance

Before we get into the specifics of linear and progressive suspension, let’s emphasize the importance of suspension tuning. An appropriately tuned suspension system can significantly enhance your ride quality, traction, and control on the trail. By matching your suspension setup to your riding style and terrain, you can ensure a more comfortable and efficient ride.

Linear Suspension: The Basics

Linear suspension systems are often simpler and more predictable in their behavior. As the name suggests, they provide a linear and consistent spring rate throughout their travel. This means that for every inch (or millimeter) of compression, the suspension provides the same amount of resistance. Linear suspension setups are typically favored by riders who prioritize a firm and responsive feel from their bike.

Pros of Linear Suspension

1. Predictability: Linear suspension offers a consistent and predictable feel, making it easier for riders to anticipate how the bike will react to different trail conditions.
2. Good mid stroke resistance: Linear suspension can have the effect that you feel higher in the travel of the suspension element due to its higher mid stroke resistance.
3. Smoother riding: Linear suspension feels smoother, quieter and more planted to the ground over small bumps, rough terrain and big hits.  

Cons of Linear Suspension

1. Less Forgiving: In challenging terrain, a linear setup may be less forgiving and require precise handling skills to maintain control.
2. No Bottom-Out prevention: On big hits with big impacts you can bottom-out easier than with progressive suspension.

Progressive Suspension: The Basics and the role in Suspension tuning MTB

Progressive suspension systems, on the other hand, change their spring rate as they compress. Initially, they offer a softer response, making them more compliant on small bumps. As the suspension compresses further, it becomes progressively firmer. This design is intended to provide a more comfortable and controlled experience on rough and technical trails.

Pros of Progressive Suspension

1. Bottom-Out Prevention: Riders who prefer progressive suspension do not need to be mindful of bottoming out when it comes to hard hits or jumps.
2. More playful feeling: Feels more playful, poppy and agile, quicker in and out of corners with a more of a progressive kick on the mid to end stroke.  
3. Versatility: Progressive suspension can handle a wide range of trail conditions, making it a popular choice for riders exploring different types of terrain. This is because many different settings are usually on a suspension element with air pressure and progressive spring characteristic.

Cons of Progressive Suspension

1. More maintenance neccessary: Progressive suspension are most likely air shocks or forks and typically need more maintenance than coil shocks due to the seals, because they’re prone to heat build up from friction on long, rough descents. This friction can overheat the oil in the damper and make the shock feel inconsistent with reduced small bump sensitivity.  .

Which Suspension Setup is Right for You?

The choice between linear and progressive suspension depends on your riding style, preferences, and the type of trails you frequent. Here are some factors to consider when deciding which suspension system is right for you:

1. Terrain: If you predominantly ride technical and challenging trails, progressive suspension may be the better choice. However, if your trails are smoother and more flowy, linear suspension could work well.
2. Riding Style: Consider how you ride. Are you more focused on jumps and aggressive descents, or do you prioritize long, challenging climbs? Your style will influence your choice.
3. Personal Preference: Some riders have a clear preference for one system over the other based on their comfort and control preferences.
4. Experimentation: Don’t be afraid to experiment with your suspension setup. Adjusting settings, such as air pressure, damping, and volume spacers, can make a significant difference in how your suspension behaves.
5. Geometry of frame: If your bike or frame needs a progressive or linear suspension is also very dependant on what frame geometry you have. This can be a quite complext topic but we also want to cover this in more detail in one of the coming blog posts.

Suspension tuning MTB is an essential aspect of mountain biking, and the choice between linear and progressive suspension plays a vital role in shaping your riding experience. There is no one-size-fits-all answer, as it ultimately depends on your unique riding style, preferences, and the terrain you explore. Take the time to experiment with different setups, and don’t hesitate to seek advice from fellow riders or professionals to find the ideal Suspension tuning MTB for your MTB adventures. Do not forget to download SAGLY to improve your mountain bike suspension settings and maintenance. Happy riding!

Download SAGLY, a complete mobile guide for your mountain bike riding, suspension settings and maintenance.

The post Suspension tuning MTB – Linear vs. Progressive appeared first on SAGLY.

Air vs. Coil: Choosing the Right Suspension for Your Riding Style

Tuning Mountain bike suspension

When it comes to Tuning Mountain bike suspension, one of the most crucial decisions you’ll make is whether to go with an air or coil shock. Your choice can significantly impact your riding experience and performance on the trails. In this blog post, we’ll dive into the differences between air and coil suspensions and help you make an informed decision based on your riding style and preferences.

Air Suspension: The Lightweight, Adjustable Option

Air suspensions have gained popularity over the years for their lightweight and highly adjustable characteristics. Here’s a closer look at their features and benefits:

1. Weight Advantage: Air shocks are typically lighter than their coil counterparts. This is a crucial factor for riders who want to keep their bikes as lightweight as possible, especially for cross-country and marathon racing.

2. Adjustability: Air shocks allow you to fine-tune your suspension with air pressure. This means you can easily adjust the SAG, progressiveness, and overall feel of your suspension to suit your riding style and terrain.

3. Smooth Progression: Air shocks often provide a smoother progression through the travel, which can be beneficial for riders who need better small-bump compliance and traction but also protection against bottom-outs.

Coil Suspension: The Plush, Predictable Choice

Coil shocks, on the other hand, are known for their plush and predictable performance. Here’s why many riders prefer them, especially for Tuning Mountain bike suspension:

1. Consistency: Coil shocks offer consistent and linear performance throughout the travel. This can provide a “ground-hugging” feel, making them popular among downhill and enduro riders who need maximum traction.

2. Durability: Coils are generally more durable and require less maintenance compared to air shocks. They are less prone to heat buildup during long descents.

3. Simplicity: Coil shocks have fewer adjustments compared to air shocks, which can be appealing to riders who prefer a “set it and forget it” approach.

Choosing the Right Suspension for Your Riding Style and for Tuning Mountain bike suspension

The decision between air and coil suspension ultimately depends on your riding style and preferences. Here are some tips to help you make the right choice:

1. Consider Your Riding Style: If you primarily ride cross-country or prefer a more agile and lightweight setup, air suspension might be the way to go. For aggressive trail, enduro, and downhill riding, a coil shock may be more suitable.

2. Evaluate Your Terrain: Think about the type of terrain you ride most often. Air shocks are versatile when it comes to Tuning Mountain bike suspension and work well on various trails, while coil shocks excel on rough, technical terrain.

3. Personalize Your Setup: Regardless of your choice, both air and coil suspensions offer room for customization. Spend time dialing in your suspension settings to match your weight, riding style, and terrain.

4. Test and Experiment: If possible, test both types of shocks on your bike to see which one feels more comfortable and suits your riding style best.

The choice between air and coil suspension is a significant decision for any mountain biker. Also for Tuning Mountain bike suspension it is important to make a choice. It’s essential to weigh the advantages of each type against your riding style and preferences. Remember that there is no one-size-fits-all answer, and what works for one rider may not work for another. By understanding the characteristics of air and coil suspensions, you can make an informed choice that enhances your mountain biking experience and improves your performance on the trails. Do not forget to download SAGLY. SAGLY is a mobile app which helps you Tuning Mountain bike suspension. Also some features help you maintain your bike.

Download SAGLY, a complete mobile guide for your mountain bike riding, suspension settings and maintenance.

The post Tuning Mountain bike suspension – Air vs. Coil appeared first on SAGLY.

MTB fork air pressure guide – SAGLY

When it comes to optimizing your mountain biking experience, your bike’s suspension is a crucial factor. Properly setting up and continuously improving the air pressure in your fork can make a world of difference in your ride quality, control, and comfort on the trails. In this blog post, we’ll guide you through the steps to set up and fine-tune your fork’s air pressure, ensuring that your bike performs at its best. Enjoy this MTB fork air pressure guide.

Step 1 in this MTB fork air pressure guide: Gather the Necessary Tools for your

Before you start tinkering with your fork’s air pressure, make sure you have the following tools and equipment on hand:

1. A shock pump: You’ll need a shock pump designed for suspension forks, which allows for precise air pressure adjustments.
2. Suspension settings chart or SAGLY: This chart can often be found in your bike’s user manual or on the manufacturer’s website. It provides recommended starting air pressure values based on your weight and riding style. Of course you can use SAGLY instead. SAGLY has a FACTORY RECOMMENDATION feature, which generates automatically the settings for your fork model based on your body physique.

Step 2: Find Your Baseline Air Pressure

Every fork manufacturer provides guidelines for setting your fork’s air pressure based on your weight and riding style. Refer to the suspension settings chart to find your recommended baseline air pressure. Keep in mind that these are just starting points, and you may need to make further adjustments to achieve your desired performance. What makes this whole process easier is the built in MTB fork air pressure guide of the mobile SAGLY. SAGLY has many useful guides which makes it easy for your to find the ideal air pressure for your fork.

Step 3: Measure and Adjust

Now, follow these steps to set up your fork’s air pressure:

1. Make sure your fork is fully extended. This means it’s at its maximum travel, and no weight is compressing it.
2. Attach the shock pump to the fork’s air valve and check the current air pressure. If it’s not within the recommended range, release or add air until it matches your baseline pressure.
3. Recheck the air pressure to ensure it’s accurate. Remember to measure it with the fork in its fully extended position for precise results. This is a very important part in this MTB fork air pressure guide.

Step 4: Test Your Setup

After setting your fork’s air pressure to the recommended baseline, it’s time to take your bike for a test ride. Pay attention to how it feels on the trail. Here are some aspects to consider:

1. Small bump sensitivity: Does your fork effectively absorb small impacts and maintain traction?
2. Bottoming out: If your fork feels like it’s bottoming out too easily, you might need to increase the air pressure. Conversely, if it’s too harsh, consider reducing the air pressure.
3. Handling and control: Does your bike handle well, and can you maintain control over rough terrain?
4. Comfort: Is your ride comfortable, or do you feel excessive vibrations and impacts through the handlebars?

Step 5: Make Fine-Tuning Adjustments

Based on your test ride, you may need to fine-tune your fork’s air pressure. Here are some tips:

1. Increase air pressure for a firmer ride and better support, especially if you’re bottoming out too easily.
2. Decrease air pressure for a more supple ride and improved small bump sensitivity, but be mindful of not going too low to avoid bottoming out too often.
3. Take notes of your adjustments, so you can revert to a previous setup if needed. You can also use SAGLY here. SAGLY will save all your settings and changes of your suspension setup and displays them in a intuitive user interface.

Step 6 in this MTB fork air pressure guide: Continuous Improvement

Mountain biking is all about progression, and as you become a better rider or encounter different terrains, your suspension needs may change. Regularly revisit your fork’s air pressure settings to ensure they align with your current skill level and riding conditions.

Mastering your bike’s suspension begins with setting up and continuously improving the air pressure in your fork. With the right tools and a methodical approach, you can fine-tune your bike to deliver a smooth, controlled, and comfortable ride on the trails. Remember, the perfect setup is a personal preference, so don’t be afraid to experiment and make adjustments until you find the ideal balance for your riding style. We hope you enjoyed this MTB fork air pressure guide.

Download SAGLY, a complete mobile guide for your mountain bike riding, suspension settings and maintenance.

The post MTB fork air pressure guide – SAGLY appeared first on SAGLY.

Mountain bike shock pressure

If you’re an avid mountain biker, you understand the importance of a well-tuned suspension system. One critical aspect of achieving a smooth and controlled ride is setting up the air pressure in your mountain bike shock. In this guide, we’ll walk you through the steps of adjusting your mountain bike shock pressure to ensure a comfortable and efficient ride. Whether you’re a beginner or an experienced rider, these tips will help you get the most out of your suspension system.

Understanding the Basics when it comes to mountain bike shock pressure

Before you dive into adjusting your mountain bike shock pressure, it’s essential to understand the key concepts involved:

1. SAG: SAG is the amount your suspension compresses when you’re sitting on your bike in a neutral riding position. It’s a crucial factor in determining how your suspension performs.
2. Positive and Negative Air Chambers: Many modern mountain bike shocks have both positive and negative air chambers. The positive chamber is the one you adjust, while the negative chamber helps maintain the balance and sensitivity of the mountain bike shock pressure.

Step-by-Step Guide to Setting Up Mountain Bike Shock Pressure

1. Find the Recommended Pressure Range: Most shocks have a recommended air pressure range based on your weight. Check the manufacturer’s guidelines, which are often available on their website or included with your bike’s manual.
2. Prepare Your Shock Pump: You’ll need a shock pump designed for mountain bike suspension and setting up the mountain bike shock pressure. These pumps have a pressure gauge and a fine-tuned pressure release valve. Make sure it’s properly connected to your shock’s air valve.
3. Measure Your SAG: To set up your suspension correctly, you need to determine the SAG. Start by sitting on your bike in your normal riding position, with all your gear on. Your suspension should compress slightly. Measure the distance from the O-ring (a small, plastic ring on the shock shaft) to the shock body.
4. Adjust the Pressure: If your SAG is within the recommended range (typically 25-30% of the shock’s travel for rear suspension), you’re good to go. If not, you’ll need to adjust the air pressure. Add air if your SAG is too much, or release air if it’s too little.
5. Fine-Tune the Settings: After your initial adjustment, take your bike for a test ride on your favorite trails. Pay attention to how the suspension feels. If it’s too harsh or too soft, make small pressure adjustments and test it again. It may take a few iterations to find the perfect setup for your riding style.
6. Record Your Settings: Once you’ve found the ideal shock pressure, make a note of it for future reference. If you change your riding conditions or gear, you may need to adjust the pressure again. Use SAGLY for recording your mountain bike settings. SAGLY is a mobile app to document, tune and compaire your MTB settings.

Additional Tips

1. Regularly check your shock pressure to ensure it stays within the recommended range.
2. Keep your shock pump in good condition and check it for accuracy periodically.
3. If you’re unsure about the setup, consider consulting a professional bike shop or a certified suspension specialist for expert advice or use SAGLY.

Setting up the mountain bike shock pressure is a fundamental aspect of achieving a comfortable and efficient ride. By understanding the basics and following the steps outlined in this guide, you can fine-tune your suspension to match your riding style and preferences. Experiment with your settings, and remember that it’s a dynamic process that may require adjustments as you gain experience and tackle different types of terrain. Properly tuned suspension can make a world of difference in your mountain biking experience, so take the time to get it right. Also do not forget to try SAGLY. SAGLY helps you with your mountain bike shock pressure and with all your mountain bike setup and maintenance.

Download SAGLY, a complete mobile guide for your mountain bike riding, suspension settings and maintenance.

The post mountain bike shock pressure appeared first on SAGLY.

Mountain bike racing preparations

Properly adjusting and maintaining your mountain bike is crucial for mountain bike racing. A well-maintained bike not only ensures your safety but also helps you perform at your best. Here’s a comprehensive guide to help you prepare your mountain bike for racing:

1. Regular Cleaning for mountain bike racing:

After every ride, clean your bike thoroughly, especially the drivetrain and brakes. Use a mild detergent, a brush, and water. Rinse off any mud or dirt.

2. Inspect the Frame:

Check for cracks, dents, or any other damage to the frame. A cracked frame can be extremely dangerous.

3. Lubricate Moving Parts & Tire Pressure:

Keep your chain, derailleurs, and cables well-lubricated to reduce friction and wear. Use a quality bike-specific lubricant.

Maintain the right tire pressure for your riding style and trail conditions. Lower pressure provides better traction, while higher pressure reduces rolling resistance.

5. Suspension Setup & Maintenance:

Adjust your front and rear suspension according to your weight and the terrain you’ll be racing on. Experiment with different settings to find what works best for you. This will help you to improve you mountain bike racing. Do not forget to download SAGLY. A mobile app for which helps you with your mountain bike setup and maintenance.

Inspect brake pads for wear. Replace them if they are thin. Also, ensure your brake levers and calipers are functioning correctly.

7. Gearing, Wheels and Hubs, and Bearings:

Ensure your gears shift smoothly and accurately. Adjust cable tension and limit screws if necessary.

Check your wheels for trueness and spoke tension. Lubricate the hub bearings and make sure they spin smoothly.

Inspect and regrease headset and bottom bracket bearings as needed. If they are worn, replace them.

10. Dropper Post and Pedals inspect for your mountain bike racing:

Make sure your dropper post functions smoothly and is at the right height for your riding style.

Ensure your pedals are tight and properly greased. Examine them for any damage.

12. Quick Releases or Thru Axles:

Make sure all quick releases or thru axles are secure to avoid any mishaps during the mountain bike racing.

13. Spare Parts and Tools:

Carry essential tools and spare parts, like an extra tube, chain quick link, and a multi-tool, in case you need to make on-trail repairs.

14. Practice & Pre-Race Check:

Familiarize yourself with your bike’s handling characteristics. Practice on various terrains to optimize your racing skills.

The day before the race, perform a final check of all components to ensure everything is in top working condition.

16. Mountain bike racing and a Professional Tune-up:

If you’re not comfortable with bike maintenance, consider taking your bike to a professional mechanic for a pre-race tune-up.

Remember that mountain bike maintenance is an ongoing process, and regular inspections and maintenance are essential for safety and performance. Additionally, keep in mind that race conditions can be harsh on your bike, so be prepared to make adjustments or repairs during the race if necessary. Do not forget to download SAGLY. SAGLY is a complete mobile guide for your mountain bike settings and maintenance.

Download SAGLY, a complete mobile guide for your mountain bike riding, suspension settings and maintenance.

The post Mountain bike racing preparations appeared first on SAGLY.

Rebound mountain bike explained

Rebound mountain bike explained

Mountain biking is an exhilarating sport that demands both skill and an understanding of your bike’s components. While many riders focus on factors like suspension travel and fork stiffness, one crucial yet often overlooked aspect of a mountain bike’s suspension system is rebound mountain bike damping. In this blog post, we’ll delve into what rebound damping is, why it’s essential, and how to adjust it to optimize your mountain biking experience.

What is Rebound mountain bike damping?

Rebound damping is a feature of a mountain bike’s suspension system. It controls the speed at which the fork or rear shock returns to its fully extended position after being compressed. When you hit a bump or land a jump, your suspension compresses. Without rebound damping, it would spring back too quickly, causing your bike to bounce and become uncontrollable.

Why Is Rebound Damping Important?

1. Control and Stability: Properly tuned rebound mountain bike damping ensures that your wheels stay in contact with the ground. This maximizes traction and provides greater control over your bike, especially in rough terrain. It prevents the bike from “packing down,” which means the suspension stays compressed and doesn’t have time to recover between consecutive impacts.
2. Comfort and Efficiency: An overly fast rebound can make your ride harsh and uncomfortable, transmitting every bump and vibration directly to your body. Conversely, an excessively slow rebound can sap energy and efficiency from your pedaling, making it harder to maintain speed.
3. Confidence and Safety: Well-adjusted rebound damping instills confidence in a rider, particularly when tackling steep descents or technical trails. It prevents the bike from bouncing unpredictably, reducing the risk of crashes.

How to Adjust Rebound Damping

1. Start with the Basics: Every mountain bike suspension component has a range of rebound adjustments, usually marked with a plus and minus sign. Begin with the rebound mountain bike adjustment in the middle, or follow your bike manufacturer’s recommendations.
2. Experiment: Take your bike for a test ride on a familiar trail with varied terrain. Pay attention to how the suspension feels and the bike’s behavior. If it feels too bouncy, slowing down the rebound can help. If it feels harsh or packed down, speeding up the rebound may be the answer.
3. Gradual Changes: Make small adjustments, typically one click at a time, and continue to test your setup. Be patient and keep experimenting until you find the sweet spot. This sport should work for your riding style and the terrain you frequent.
4. Weather and Terrain: Remember that you may need to adjust your rebound settings depending on the weather and terrain conditions. Wet, muddy trails may require a faster rebound mountain bike for faster recovery of the travel especially when also removing air pressure, which is recommended on wet terrain. While dry and smooth trails might benefit from a slower rebound for more stable performance.
5. Record Your Settings: Keep a record of your rebound settings for different trails and conditions. This will save you time when fine-tuning your suspension in the future.

Rebound damping is an essential aspect of your mountain bike’s suspension system. It is directly impacting your control, comfort, and overall riding experience. By understanding the role of rebound damping and learning how to adjust it to suit your needs, you can enhance your performance and confidence on the trail. Don’t be afraid to experiment, and remember that finding the right rebound setting. It is a journey that can greatly improve your mountain biking adventures. So, get out there, fine-tune your suspension, and enjoy the ride! Another hint for you is to download SAGLY. SAGLY is complete mobile guide for your mountain bike settings and maintenance.

Download SAGLY, a complete mobile guide for your mountain bike riding, suspension settings and maintenance.

The post Rebound mountain bike explained appeared first on SAGLY.

Mountain bike tune up – 10 tips

Mountain bike tune up – 10 Secret Tips for the Ultimate Downhill

Downhill mountain biking is an exhilarating and demanding sport that requires peak performance from both you and your bike. To conquer the steepest descents and the gnarliest terrain, your bike needs to be in top-notch condition. While many riders are familiar with basic maintenance, there are some lesser-known secrets to fine-tuning your downhill machine. In this blog post, we’ll reveal 10 secret tips for a mountain bike tune up that will have you riding down the trails with confidence.

1. Suspension Setup mountain bike tune up:

Your suspension is critical for downhill biking. Set it up for your weight, riding style, and the specific terrain you’ll be tackling. Consider getting professional help to fine-tune your suspension for the best performance.

2. Tire Pressure Magic:

Experiment with tire pressures. Lower pressures provide more traction but can increase the risk of pinch flats. Find the sweet spot that balances grip with protection.

3. Chain Lube Selection:

Another tip for your mountain bike tune up is the following: Choose a high-performance chain lubricant specifically designed for the demands of downhill riding. Regularly clean and lubricate your chain to reduce friction and maintain efficiency.

4. Precision Shifting:

For rapid and precise gear changes, ensure your drivetrain is perfectly adjusted. The chain should shift smoothly between gears to maintain your flow down the mountain.

5. Mountain bike tune up and Frame and Component Protection:

Downhill riding is hard on your bike. Invest in frame protection, like downtube guards and chainstay protectors, to prevent damage from flying rocks and debris.

6. Cockpit Ergonomics:

Set up your cockpit for optimal control. Experiment with handlebar height, stem length, and grips to find the perfect balance of control and comfort.

7. Tubeless Tire Sealing for your mountain bike tune up:

For peace of mind on the trails, add extra tire sealant to your tubeless setup. It helps seal larger punctures, minimizing the risk of flat tires in rocky terrain.

8. Weight Distribution:

Understand the importance of weight distribution when tackling steep descents. Keep your weight centered and low to maximize traction and stability is a great mountain bike skill.

9. Regular Maintenance:

Consistency is key. Develop a regular maintenance routine. Check your bike before and after each ride for loose bolts, damaged components, and wear and tear.

10. Brake Bleeding:

Properly bled brakes ensure consistent stopping power. Invest in a high-quality brake bleed kit or have a professional do it for you. The difference in braking performance is astonishing.

Mastering downhill mountain biking requires not only honing your skills but also ensuring your bike is finely tuned for the challenges you’ll face. These 10 secret tips for a mountain bike tune up will help you unlock the full potential of your downhill machine. Remember that it’s not just about speed but also about safety, control, and the sheer joy of conquering the mountain’s obstacles. So, get to work on your bike, and get ready to charge down the trails like never before, confident in your machine’s performance and your own skills.

Also do not forget to download SAGLY. A mobile app, which helps you with your mountain bike settings and maintenance.

Download SAGLY, a complete mobile guide for your mountain bike riding, suspension settings and maintenance.

The post Mountain bike tune up – 10 tips appeared first on SAGLY.

Understanding the Cost of MTB bike service explained: What to Expect

Understanding the Cost of MTB bike service explained: What to Expect

Mountain biking is a thrilling and adventurous outdoor activity loved by millions around the world. Whether you’re a seasoned rider or just getting started, maintaining your mountain bike is essential to ensure a safe and enjoyable experience. Like any piece of machinery, mountain bikes require regular mountain bike service to keep them in top condition. In this blog post, we’ll dive into the various aspects that determine the cost of MTB bike service and help you understand what to expect when you take your bike to the shop.

The Importance of Regular Maintenance

Before delving into the costs, it’s crucial to understand why regular mountain bike maintenance is necessary. Proper servicing not only extends the lifespan of your bike but also ensures your safety while on the trails. Neglecting maintenance can lead to costly repairs or even accidents due to mechanical failures.

Types of MTB bike service

Mountain bike services can vary widely, from basic tune-ups to extensive overhauls. Here are some common types of bike services:

1. Basic Tune-Up: This typically includes cleaning, lubrication, and adjustments to the gears, brakes, and drivetrain.
2. Suspension Service: If your mountain bike has suspension forks or shocks, servicing these components is essential. This involves inspecting, cleaning, and resealing the suspension system.
3. Wheel Truing: Ensuring that your wheels are true (straight) is crucial for a smooth and safe ride.
4. Brake Service: Brake pad replacement, bleeding hydraulic brakes, or adjusting cable-actuated brakes are common brake services.
5. Drivetrain Overhaul: This is a more comprehensive service that involves dismantling, cleaning, and reassembling the entire drivetrain, including the chain, cassette, and chainrings.
6. Frame Alignment and Repair: In case of frame damage or alignment issues, this service can be complex and costly.

MTB bike service and Factors That Affect the Cost

The cost of a mountain bike service can vary widely based on several factors:

1. Service Type: Basic tune-ups are generally more affordable than extensive overhauls or specialized services.
2. Bike Brand and Components: High-end mountain bikes with advanced components may require more specialized attention, impacting the cost.
3. Local Labor Rates: Service costs can vary from region to region, and urban areas often have higher labor rates than rural locations.
4. Additional Repairs: If the service reveals the need for replacement parts or additional repairs, the cost will increase accordingly.

Cost Range

To provide a general idea, here’s a rough estimate of the cost of common MTB bike service:

1. Basic Tune-Up: $50 – $100
2. Suspension Service: $50 – $150 per fork or shock
3. Wheel Truing: $10 – $30 per wheel
4. Brake Service: $20 – $60
5. Drivetrain Overhaul: $40 – $100
6. Frame Alignment and Repair: Highly variable; can be several hundred dollars.

Remember that these are approximate figures, and actual costs may vary based on the factors mentioned above.

Investing in the maintenance of your mountain bike is essential for safety and performance. While the cost of service can vary, understanding the factors that affect pricing and the various types of MTB bike service available will help you make informed decisions. Regular servicing not only keeps your bike in top condition but also ensures that you can continue to enjoy the thrill of mountain biking safely and confidently. So, don’t hesitate to schedule that service appointment and hit the trails with peace of mind. Do not forget to download SAGLY. SAGLY helps you to maintain your mountain bike by finding the ideal service appointments and remind you on those. Moreover you can set up your mountain bike suspension setup.

Download SAGLY, a complete mobile guide for your mountain bike riding, suspension settings and maintenance.

The post MTB bike service explained appeared first on SAGLY.

MTB bike maintenance is important!

Mountain biking is more than just a hobby; it’s a thrilling adventure that allows you to connect with nature while pushing your limits. Whether you’re an occasional rider or a dedicated enthusiast, the proper MTB bike maintenance of your mountain bike is crucial. Neglecting regular maintenance can not only diminish your biking experience but also lead to potential safety hazards. In this blog post, we will discuss why you should make regular mountain bike maintenance a top priority.

Safety First

Safety should always be your top priority when it comes to mountain biking. A well-maintained bike ensures that all components, including brakes, tires, and gears, are in good working condition. Regular inspections and adjustments can prevent accidents that might occur due to sudden mechanical failures. Ensuring that your bike is safe to ride not only protects you but also those who share the trail with you.

Enhanced Performance

A well-maintained MTB bike maintenance performs better. Regularly cleaning, lubricating, and adjusting components like the chain, gears, and suspension will ensure your bike runs smoothly and efficiently. This translates to a more enjoyable and less strenuous riding experience, allowing you to focus on conquering challenging terrains and improving your riding skills.

Prolonged Lifespan

Mountain bikes can be a significant investment, and nobody wants their investment to go to waste. Regular MTB bike maintenance can significantly extend the lifespan of your bike. Components such as bearings, cables, and drivetrains, when properly cared for, will last longer, saving you money on replacements and upgrades in the long run.

MTB bike maintenance and cost savings

Neglecting MTB maintenance often leads to costly repairs. Replacing a worn-out chain, brake pads, or a derailleur is much cheaper than waiting until these components are beyond repair. Routine maintenance, such as checking for loose bolts or adjusting brakes, can prevent minor issues from snowballing into major, expensive problems.

Environmental Responsibility and MTB bike maintenance

Mountain biking often takes place in natural, pristine environments. By ensuring your bike is in top shape, you’re less likely to leave behind trail litter due to equipment failure. Furthermore, you’ll minimize your carbon footprint by using your bike for a longer period before replacing it.

Knowledge and Empowerment

Learning to maintain your mountain bike is a valuable skill that not only saves you money but also empowers you as a rider. Understanding your bike’s components and how they work enhances your connection with your equipment. You’ll be more confident to tackle simple on-trail repairs, increasing your self-reliance while reducing downtime on your adventures.

Regular MTB bike maintenance is an essential practice for all mountain bikers. It ensures safety, enhances performance, prolongs your bike’s lifespan, saves you money, and empowers you as a rider. A well-maintained mountain bike is not just a vehicle for your adventures but a reliable companion that will carry you through countless thrilling experiences. So, remember, regular maintenance is not just a chore; it’s an investment in your safety and biking enjoyment. Take care of your bike, and it will take care of you on the trails. And of course download SAGLY, a mobile app for tuning and maintaining your bike.

Download SAGLY, a complete mobile guide for your mountain bike riding, suspension settings and maintenance.

The post MTB bike maintenance is important! appeared first on SAGLY.

MTB handlebar setup

MTB handlebar setup tutorial

Mountain biking is all about control and precision, and one of the key components of achieving this is your handlebar setup. Whether you’re a seasoned rider or just getting started, having your handlebars dialed in can greatly impact your comfort, control, and overall riding experience. In this guide, we’ll walk you through the steps to achieve the perfect MTB handlebar setup.

Measure Twice, Cut Once for your MTB handlebar setup

The first step in setting up your mountain bike handlebars is determining the right width for your riding style. Your handlebar width directly affects your control and maneuverability. To find the ideal width, follow these steps:

1. Stand next to your bike and let your arms hang naturally at your sides.
2. Have a friend measure the distance between your hands’ knuckles.
3. This measurement is a great starting point for your handlebar width. Most handlebars come in various widths, typically ranging from 700mm to 800mm. Choose the width that’s closest to your measurement.

Set the Handlebar Height

Proper handlebar height is crucial for comfort and control. The ideal height varies depending on your riding style and personal preference. Here’s how to set the handlebar height:

1. Loosen the stem bolts and the top cap on your headset to allow the handlebars to move.
2. Adjust the handlebar’s height by adding or removing spacers from below or above the stem.
3. Once you’ve found a height that feels comfortable, tighten the stem bolts and the top cap to secure the handlebars.

MTB handlebar setup and Fine-Tune the Angle

The angle of your handlebars can make a big difference in your riding experience. Most riders prefer a slightly upward tilt of the handlebars for better wrist comfort and control. However, personal preference plays a significant role in this adjustment, so feel free to experiment.

1. To adjust the angle, loosen the faceplate bolts on the stem and rotate the handlebars until you find a comfortable position.
2. Ensure the handlebars are straight and aligned with your front wheel.
3. Tighten the faceplate bolts to secure the handlebars in place.

Brake and Shift Lever Position

Proper placement of your brake and shift levers is essential for quick and efficient gear changes and braking. Make sure they are easy to reach and comfortable to use.

1. Position your brake levers so that they are parallel to the ground or slightly angled downward.
2. The shift levers should be within easy reach of your thumb and index finger, allowing you to shift gears without straining.

Consider Grips

The grips on your handlebars can also impact your comfort and control. It’s crucial to choose grips that match your riding style and personal preferences. Some riders prefer thinner grips for more direct feedback, while others opt for thicker, more cushioned grips for extra comfort on long rides.

Test Ride and Make Adjustments

After making the initial adjustments, take your bike for a test ride on your favorite trails. Pay attention to how it feels, and if you notice any discomfort or issues, don’t hesitate to make further adjustments. Your handlebar setup is a personal thing, and finding the right fit may take some trial and error.

A proper MTB handlebar setup is a crucial aspect of optimizing your mountain biking experience. It affects your control, comfort, and overall performance on the trails. Remember to measure twice, cut once when determining the handlebar width, fine-tune the height and angle, and ensure your brake and shift levers are in the right positions. Finally, don’t hesitate to make adjustments as needed until you find the perfect setup that suits your riding style and personal preferences. Happy riding! Do not forget to download SAGLY, a complete guide for your mountain bike setup and maintenance.

Download SAGLY, a complete mobile guide for your mountain bike riding, suspension settings and maintenance.

The post mtb handlebar setup appeared first on SAGLY.

MTB cockpit setup mistakes to avoid

MTB Cockpit setup mistakes to avoid!

Mountain biking is an exhilarating and demanding sport that requires not only skill but also precise equipment setup to ensure a safe and enjoyable ride. One often-overlooked aspect of this setup is the MTB cockpit, which includes the handlebars, stem, grips, and controls. In this blog post, we’ll explore some common mistakes riders make when configuring their MTB cockpit setup and offer guidance on how to get it right.

Ignoring Fit and Sizing when it comes to MTB Cockpit setup

One of the most crucial aspects of a proper cockpit setup is ensuring that the bike’s handlebars and stem fit you well. Too often, riders overlook the importance of getting the right size. A common mistake is using a stem or handlebars that are too long or too short for their body proportions. This can lead to discomfort, handling issues, and even injury.

A variety of factors come into play when deciding what width bar is right for you, or whether to cut down your current bars (remember, you can’t make them wider again ).

Your arm-span

Your shoulder width

How many trees are on the trails you normally ride

How long your stem is

Taller people (180cm+), and those with very wide shoulders or long arms can often run an 800mm bar and benefit from added stability.

In case their local trails have tight tree sections, you should consider riding a bit narrow bar. Then the danger of smacking your hand on a tree as you zoom by outweighs any benefits that may be gained. 

760mm is a pretty good middle ground, and can accommodate anyone from 160cm to 180cm in height comfortably. 

Overlooking Handlebar Height

Handlebar height is another critical factor in MTB cockpit setup. Setting the handlebars too high or too low can affect your bike’s handling and overall comfort. When the handlebars are set too high, it can make the bike feel unstable and reduce control in technical terrain. On the other hand, bars that are too low can strain your back, neck, and wrists, leading to discomfort and potentially injury.

To determine the right handlebar height, experiment with various stem spacers and handlebar positions. Start with a neutral position and make gradual adjustments until you find the sweet spot that offers a comfortable and balanced riding posture.

Poor Grip Selection

Choosing the right grips for your MTB is often overlooked but is crucial for maintaining control, reducing hand fatigue, and ensuring a safe ride. Common grip-related mistakes include opting for grips that are too thin, too thick, or not ergonomic.

The right grip should match your hand size and provide a comfortable and secure hold on the handlebars. It’s also important to consider the terrain you’ll be riding on. For rough trails, consider grips with more padding to absorb shocks, while thinner grips may work better for smoother terrain.

MTB Cockpit setup and neglecting Brake and Shifter Placement

The placement of your brake levers and shifters is another area where mistakes can occur. Incorrect placement can lead to discomfort and reduced control. Common errors include having levers that are too far inboard or outboard, or having them at an awkward angle.

To address this issue, spend time fine-tuning the position of your brake levers and shifters. Ensure they are easy to reach and that your wrists are in a neutral position when gripping them. Proper placement will make it easier to modulate your brakes and shift gears while riding, enhancing your overall control.

Neglecting the Aesthetics

While aesthetics shouldn’t be the primary concern when setting up your MTB cockpit, neglecting this aspect can lead to a less enjoyable riding experience. A messy cockpit with tangled cables and clutter can be distracting and frustrating.

Invest time in cable management, ensuring that cables and hoses are neatly routed and secured. This not only improves the appearance of your bike but can also prevent interference with your control inputs, making for a more enjoyable and safe ride.

A well-configured MTB Cockpit setup is essential for a comfortable, safe, and enjoyable ride. By avoiding common mistakes such as ignoring fit and sizing, overlooking handlebar height, choosing the wrong grips, neglecting brake and shifter placement, and ignoring aesthetics, you can enhance your overall riding experience. Remember that the right setup is a personal choice and may require some experimentation to find the perfect balance. So, take your time, seek advice when needed, and enjoy the benefits of a well-tailored cockpit setup on your next mountain biking adventure. Do not forget to download SAGLY. A mobile app for your mountain bike setup and maintenance.

Download SAGLY, a complete mobile guide for your mountain bike riding, suspension settings and maintenance.

The post mtb cockpit setup mistakes to avoid appeared first on SAGLY.

Mountain Bike Cockpit Setup tips

Mountain Bike Cockpit Setup tips!

A proper Mountain Bike Cockpit Setup is crucial for achieving maximum comfort, control, and performance on the trails. Whether you’re a beginner or a seasoned rider, fine-tuning your handlebars, stem, grips, and controls can make a world of difference in your riding experience. In this guide, we’ll walk you through the steps to create a proper mountain bike cockpit setup that suits your riding style and body type.

Determine Your Riding Style

Before you start adjusting anything on your mountain bike, it’s essential to consider your riding style. Different riders have different preferences, and your cockpit setup should align with how and where you ride:

1. Cross-Country (XC): Riders looking for efficiency and endurance may prefer a more upright and stretched-out position.
2. Trail/All-Mountain: This style requires a balance between climbing and descending, often resulting in a neutral riding position.
3. Downhill/Enduro: For aggressive riding, a lower, more forward position with wider bars and shorter stems is often favored.

Check Your Bike Fit

A proper bike fit is the foundation of a comfortable and efficient cockpit setup. Ensure your bike frame size is appropriate for your height, and your saddle height and position are adjusted correctly. A professional bike fitting can help with this if you’re unsure. This is also directly connected to your Mountain Bike Cockpit Setup.

Handlebar Width and Shape

Handlebar width greatly affects your control and comfort on the trails. Here’s how to determine the right width:

1. Measure your shoulder width, then add about 20-40mm for better leverage.
2. Wider bars provide more stability and control, while narrower bars enhance maneuverability.
3. Consider the bar’s rise (height) and sweep (angle) to suit your riding style and comfort.

Stem Length and Angle

The stem connects your handlebars to the fork steerer tube. The length and angle of the stem impact your reach and steering responsiveness:

1. Shorter stems (e.g., 50-70mm) offer quicker handling and control on technical terrain.
2. Longer stems (e.g., 80-100mm) provide a more stretched-out, stable position for XC riding.
3. Stem angle can be adjusted to fine-tune your handlebar height and reach.

Mountain Bike Cockpit Setup and Grips and Controls

Your grips and control positions play a significant role in handling and comfort for your Mountain Bike Cockpit Setup:

1. Choose grips that match your riding style. Bigger hands, thicker grips, smaller hands, thinner grips. Pay attention to compound, thickness and pattern when it comes to grips.
2. Position your brake levers and shifters to fit your hand size and riding preference. Make sure they’re easily accessible without causing wrist strain.

Saddle Position

The saddle’s position influences your weight distribution and pedal efficiency:

• Adjust saddle height so your leg is almost fully extended when the pedal is at the bottom of the stroke.
• Tilt the saddle slightly to match your riding position, typically level for XC and slightly tilted downward for downhill.

Test and Fine-Tune your Mountain Bike Cockpit Setup

After making adjustments, take your mountain bike out for a test ride. Pay attention to how it feels and handles. If something doesn’t feel right, don’t hesitate to make further adjustments until you find your perfect cockpit setup.

A proper mountain bike cockpit setup is essential for optimizing your riding experience. By considering your riding style, bike fit, handlebar width and shape, stem length and angle, grips and controls, saddle position, cable routing, and bar setup, you can achieve comfort and control on the trails. Remember that the perfect setup may require some trial and error, so don’t be afraid to make adjustments until you find what works best for you. Happy riding and do not forget to download SAGLY, a mobile app for your mountain bike suspension setup and maintenance.

Download SAGLY, a complete mobile guide for your mountain bike riding, suspension settings and maintenance.

The post Mountain Bike Cockpit Setup tips appeared first on SAGLY.

Tips for fixing your mtbike on the trials  

Riding your mountain bike on the trails is an exhilarating experience that allows you to connect with nature and challenge your limits. However, no matter how well-maintained your bike is, unexpected mishaps can happen on the trail. That’s why every mountain biker should be prepared to handle trailside repairs. In this blog post, we’ll share some essential tips to help you master the art of repairing your mtbike on the trail.

Carry the Right Tools

The first step in being prepared for trailside repairs is to carry the necessary tools and equipment. A basic repair kit should include:

1. Multi-tool with various Allen wrenches and screwdrivers
2. Tire levers
3. Spare inner tube
4. Patch kit
5. Pump or CO2 inflator
6. Chain breaker tool
7. Quick links or chain pins
8. Zip ties
9. Duct tape
10. Spare derailleur hanger (if applicable)

Having these tools readily available will help you tackle most common trailside issues quickly and efficiently.

Learn Basic Maintenance Skills for your mtbike

Before heading out on the trail, it’s essential to have a basic understanding of your bike’s components and how they work. Knowing how to perform basic maintenance tasks such as cleaning and lubricating your chain, adjusting your brakes and gears, and checking your tire pressure can go a long way in preventing problems on the trail.

Flat Tire Repair

Flat tires are one of the most common issues you’ll encounter on the trail. Here’s how to handle them:

1. Remove the wheel from your mtbike.
2. Use tire levers to carefully pry off one side of the tire from the rim.
3. Inspect the inside of the tire for any sharp objects that may have caused the flat.
4. If you find a puncture, use a patch kit or replace the inner tube.
5. Reinflate the tire to the recommended pressure.
6. Carefully reseat the tire on the rim using your hands or tire levers.

Chain Issues on your mtbike

A broken chain can be frustrating but can be fixed with the right tools:

1. Use your chain breaker tool to remove the damaged link.
2. Replace it with a quick link or a spare chain pin if you have one.
3. Ensure the chain is properly tensioned and runs smoothly through the derailleur.

Brake and Gear Adjustments

Misaligned brakes or gears can hinder your ride. Learn how to make minor adjustments to improve their performance:

1. Use your multi-tool to adjust brake pad alignment and tension.
2. Fine-tune your gear shifting using the barrel adjusters on your derailleurs.

Know When to Call for Help

While it’s essential to be self-sufficient on the trail, there may be situations where you’re unable to perform a repair or lack the necessary tools. In such cases, it’s wise to have a backup plan. Carry a fully charged phone and know the location of the nearest mtbike shop or trailhead with help available.

Trailside bike repairs are an inevitable part of mountain biking, but with the right tools, skills, and knowledge, you can handle most issues that arise. Regular maintenance, proper preparation, and a calm and collected approach are key to keeping your mountain biking adventures enjoyable and hassle-free. So, equip yourself, practice your skills, and get ready to conquer the trails with confidence. Happy riding! Do not forget to download SAGLY for the right mountain bike suspension setup and maintenance.

Download SAGLY, a complete mobile guide for your mountain bike riding, suspension settings and maintenance.

The post mtbike fixes for the trail appeared first on SAGLY.

Mastering Mountain Bike Suspension: Tailoring Your Ride for Different mountain bike trails

Mountain biking is not just a sport; it’s a thrilling adventure that takes you through a variety of terrains, from rocky singletracks to smooth downhill descents. To conquer these diverse mountain bike trails successfully, you need a mountain bike with a suspension system that can adapt to the challenges ahead. In this blog post, we’ll explore the world of mountain bike suspension and how you can optimize it for different types of trails, ensuring you have the best possible ride every time.

Understanding Mountain Bike Suspension

Before we dive into tailoring your suspension for specific trails, let’s first understand the basics of mountain bike suspension. A mountain bike’s suspension system primarily consists of two main components: front suspension (fork) and rear suspension (shock). These components work together to absorb impacts and bumps from the trail, providing a smoother and more controlled ride.

There are two main types of mountain bike suspensions:

1. Hardtail: A hardtail mountain bike has a front suspension fork but no rear suspension. It’s great for less technical trails and cross-country riding, where efficiency and pedaling power are essential.
2. Full Suspension: Full suspension bikes, as the name suggests, have both front and rear suspensions. These bikes are ideal for challenging trails, downhill descents, and all-mountain riding, offering greater comfort and control over rough terrain.

Tailoring Your Suspension for for different trails

Now, let’s explore how you can adjust your mountain bike suspension for different types of trails:

1. Cross-Country Trails: Cross-country (XC) trails typically consist of smooth and flowing terrains with occasional small obstacles. For these trails, you’ll want to prioritize efficiency and pedaling power. Here’s how to set your suspension:
   • Front Suspension: Set the fork to a firmer setting with less SAG. (Around 20-25%) This will reduce bobbing and ensure maximum power transfer. You can also close rebound and compression a bit so that sensitivity decreases and you bring more efficiency into your uphills.
   • Rear Suspension (if applicable): Set it to a firmer setting or even lockout if your bike has this feature. As a result this will minimize energy loss during pedaling.

2. All-Mountain and Enduro Mountain Bike Trails: Trail riding encompasses a wide range of terrains, from moderate climbs to descents and technical sections. It requires a balance between efficiency and comfort:
   • Front Suspension: Adjust the fork to a medium setting with more SAG (Around 25-30%) for better absorption of small to medium-sized obstacles. You can use SAGLY AI SETUP guide to find the ideal settings for your fork for enduro riding. This features calculates for you suited settings in seconds.
   • Rear Suspension: Use a medium amount of SAG (Around 25-30%) to maintain traction and control. This will provide yourself comfort over rougher sections.

Let’s get more downhill oriented

3. Downhill Trails: Downhill trails are steep and filled with large obstacles. Here, comfort and control are paramount:
   • Front Suspension: Set SAG to proper amount (Around 30-35%) for absorbing big hits and maintaining control. Adjust rebound on compression and rebound to the factory recommendations and go from there. Remember, good MTB settings are a procress. Therefore you should keep changing settings and improving them. For this purpose SAGLY was developed. A mobile tool to document, tune and compare your mountain bike settings.
   • Rear Suspension: Use a bit bigger SAG (Around 30-35%) setting to maximize comfort and traction, allowing your rear wheel to follow the ground contours effectively. You can also set air pressure, rebound and compression to factory recommendation.

Mountain bike suspension is a critical component in ensuring a comfortable and enjoyable ride on various mountain bike trails. By understanding the nuances of different trail types and adjusting your suspension accordingly, you can optimize your biking experience. Moreover remember that personal preference also plays a role. In this way don’t hesitate to fine-tune your suspension settings until you find the perfect balance for your riding style and the trails you love to conquer. Get out there, explore, and conquer those mountain bike trails with confidence! And to make it easier for you to adjust your mountain bike to different mountain bike trails we developed SAGLY, a mobile app for your mountain bike settings and maintenance.

Download SAGLY, a complete mobile guide for your mountain bike riding, suspension settings and maintenance.

The post mountain bike trails and settings appeared first on SAGLY.

Mountain bike riding and suspension

How a mountain bike suspension setup influences your riding

Mountain bike riding is an exhilarating outdoor activity. It combines physical exertion with the love for adventure and nature. Whether you’re a seasoned rider or just starting out, you’ve likely heard about the importance of a well-tuned mountain bike suspension setup. In this blog post, we’ll explore how a good mountain bike suspension setup can significantly influence your mountain bike riding experience.

Understanding Mountain Bike Suspension

Before we delve into the impact of a good suspension setup, let’s briefly understand what a mountain bike suspension system is and how it works. A mountain bike suspension system is designed to absorb shocks and vibrations. This force comes from the terrain and the suspension is providing a smoother and more controlled ride. It consists of various components, including forks for the front wheel and shocks for the rear wheel.

Improved Comfort for mountain bike riding

One of the most immediate benefits of a well-tuned suspension setup is increased comfort. Mountain bike trails can be rugged and filled with rocks, roots, and other obstacles that can make your ride uncomfortable. A good suspension system helps to absorb these shocks, reducing the impact on your body. This results in less fatigue, allowing you to ride longer and enjoy the trails without feeling beaten up.

Enhanced Traction

Traction is crucial when you’re mountain bike riding on unpredictable terrains. A proper suspension setup ensures that your tires maintain contact with the ground more consistently. This improved traction allows you to climb steep hills, navigate tight corners, and descend safely with greater confidence. You’ll find yourself in better control of your bike, even when faced with challenging trail conditions.

Better Handling

Mountain bike suspension isn’t just about going downhill; it’s also about handling your bike effectively. A balanced suspension setup can significantly enhance your bike’s handling characteristics. The front and rear suspensions work together to maintain stability, ensuring that your bike responds predictably to your steering inputs. This is especially important when navigating technical sections of a trail.

Mountain bike riding and increased Speed

While mountain biking is not solely about speed, a well-tuned suspension setup can help you ride faster. When your bike absorbs bumps and irregularities in the terrain, you can maintain momentum and speed more effectively. This can be particularly advantageous on downhill sections, where a good suspension setup can allow you to tackle obstacles with confidence.

Reduced Risk of Injury

Mountain biking can be physically demanding, and injuries are not uncommon. However, a good suspension setup can reduce the risk of injury by minimizing the impact forces transmitted to your body. Your joints and muscles will experience less stress, lowering the likelihood of strains and overuse injuries. This makes mountain biking a more sustainable and enjoyable activity in the long run.

In the world of mountain biking, a good suspension setup is not just a luxury but a necessity. It can transform your riding experience by offering improved comfort, enhanced traction, better handling, increased speed, and a reduced risk of injury. If you’re serious about mountain biking, investing time in understanding and fine-tuning your suspension system will pay off in spades. So, before you hit the trails, make sure your mountain bike’s suspension is dialed in to provide you with the best possible riding experience. And of course, do not forget to download SAGLY. A mobile app for your mountain bike maintenance and setup.

Download SAGLY, a complete mobile guide for your mountain bike riding, suspension settings and maintenance.

The post mountain bike riding and suspension appeared first on SAGLY.

Mountain Bike Maintenance Tips for Beginners: Keeping Your Ride Rolling

So, you’ve just embarked on your journey into the thrilling world of mountain biking, and you’ve got yourself a shiny new (or maybe not-so-new) mountain bike. Congratulations! Mountain biking is an exhilarating sport that allows you to connect with nature, get some exercise, and have a ton of fun. However, as with any mechanical device, your mountain bike will require regular care and maintenance to ensure it performs at its best and stays safe. If you’re new to this, don’t worry! In this beginner’s guide, we’ll break down mountain bike maintenance for beginners and give you some tips you need to know to keep your two-wheeled companion in top shape.

Keep it Clean – Mountain bike maintenance for beginners

Before you dive into the nitty-gritty of bike maintenance, start with the basics: keeping your bike clean. Mud, dirt, and dust are the enemies of your bike’s moving parts. After each ride, give your bike a good wash with water and a mild soap. Pay extra attention to the drivetrain (chain, cassette, and chainrings) and the brakes. A clean bike not only looks better but also functions better and lasts longer. Here is a guide, which describes bike cleaning in 7 simple steps.

Lubricate Regularly

Proper lubrication is crucial to keep your bike’s components working smoothly. Apply bike-specific lubricants to the chain, derailleurs, and other moving parts. Be careful not to over-lubricate, as excess lubricant can attract dirt and create a messy buildup. So keep this in mind when it comes mountain bike maintenance for beginners.

Check Your Tire Pressure

Maintaining the correct tire pressure is essential for a comfortable and efficient ride. Consult your bike’s user manual or the tire sidewall for recommended pressure levels. Invest in a good quality floor pump with a pressure gauge to keep your tires inflated to the right level before every ride. Also download SAGLY. SAGLY has a tire pressure calculator integrated, which helps you find the right tire pressure based on your weight, skill-level and terrain preference. Always keep in mind, more tire pressure usually makes you ride faster and less gives your mountain bike more grip. But this is only true to a certain extend. If you go too low on your tire pressure, your can feel spongy and can lead to flat tires and loose of control.

Mountain bike maintenance for beginners and Inspecting the Brakes

Your bike’s brakes are your lifeline on the trails. Regularly check your brake pads for wear and replace them when they’re worn down. Ensure the brake levers engage smoothly and adjust them if necessary. Additionally, make sure your brake rotors are clean and free from contaminants. Here you find a great guide on how to check your brake pads.

Tighten Bolts and Nuts

Mountain biking can be rough on your bike, causing bolts and nuts to loosen over time. Routinely check and tighten all the bolts on your bike, paying attention to the handlebars, stem, seatpost, and wheels. Use a torque wrench if possible to ensure proper tightening without over-torquing. For this SAGLY is a great partner. You can set up reminders how often you want to tighten your bolts, so that you do not forget it. This functionality is part of the SAGLY maintenance feature.

Check the Suspension

If your mountain bike has suspension forks or a rear shock, check their settings and inspect for any oil leakage. Refer to your bike’s manual for recommended maintenance intervals and consider professional servicing if necessary. Do not forget to checkout SAGLY. A mobile app which helps you not also to maintain your bike but also setting up your mountain bike suspension settings. Keep in mind to check your SAG regularly. SAG can change during the season and off-season due to riding, temperature change etc.. SAGLY has an SAG calculator integrated. Another reason why you should check out SAGLY ;-).

Examine the Drivetrain

The drivetrain consists of the chain, cassette, and chainrings. Inspect these components for wear and tear. A stretched or damaged chain should be replaced promptly to avoid damaging the other drivetrain parts. A well-maintained drivetrain will provide smooth shifting and efficient power transfer.

Learn Basic Repairs

While you don’t need to be a bike mechanic, learning some basic repairs can be a real lifesaver on the trail. Learn how to fix a flat tire, adjust your derailleurs, and reattach a slipped chain. Carry essential tools and a mini-pump with you when you ride. You can also have a look at our Instagram account, where we have some videos of basic repairs.

Store Your Bike Properly

When you’re not out on the trails, store your bike in a dry, cool place away from direct sunlight and extreme temperatures. Consider using a bike stand to keep it off the ground and prevent damage.

Mountain bike maintenance might seem daunting at first, but as a beginner, you’ll quickly learn the ropes. Regular care and attention to your bike will not only enhance your riding experience but also extend the lifespan of your trusty steed. So, get your hands dirty, familiarize yourself with your bike, and enjoy the adventures that lie ahead on the trails. Happy riding! And of course, give SAGLY’s maintenance feature a try. It will help you to maintain your bike, save money and extend your bike’s lifetime.

Download SAGLY, a complete mobile guide for your mountain bike riding, suspension settings and maintenance.

The post mountain bike maintenance for beginners appeared first on SAGLY.

Delete account tutorial

In this tutorial we are explaining you how you can delete your account and all associated information.

1) Log in to your account in the SAGLY mobile App.

Do that by simply filling out the login information you used when signing up to SAGLY or use the third-party log in if you used such a authentication method.

2) Go to the EDIT PROFILE view from the menu view.

Here you have to select the pencil next to profile image in the menu view.

3) Scroll down and select DELETE ACCOUNT

Scroll down in the EDIT PROFILE view until you are at the bottom of the screen and select the red text which says “DELETE ACCOUNT”

4) Confirm your selection

Then confirm that you want to delete your account and all associated data permanently. All your data will be deleted from the time on you confirm this action.

The post delete account tutorial appeared first on SAGLY.

The Cruciality of MTB Maintenance: Keeping Your Ride Safe and Thrilling

The Cruciality of MTB Maintenance: Keeping Your Ride Safe and Thrilling

Mountain biking (MTB) isn’t just a sport; it’s an adventure that takes you off the beaten path, through rugged terrains, and up adrenaline-pumping trails. Whether you’re a seasoned rider or just starting to explore the world of off-road biking, one thing remains constant: the importance of proper MTB maintenance. In this article, we’ll delve into the reasons why MTB maintenance is not only essential for its longevity but also for your safety and overall biking experience.

MTB maintenance and 5 reasons why you should do it

1. Safety First: Imagine speeding down a steep slope or navigating through a rocky trail, only to have your brakes fail or your chain snap. Neglected maintenance can lead to potentially dangerous situations that put both you and fellow riders at risk. Regularly inspecting and servicing your MTB ensures that critical components like brakes, tires, and gears are in optimal condition, significantly reducing the likelihood of accidents. This is a very important reason, why we think MTB maintenance is important.

Some love for your bike increases lifespan of your bike

2. Prolonged Lifespan: Investing in a high-quality mountain bike isn’t just about the initial purchase; it’s about maintaining its performance and longevity. A well-maintained bike can last for years, providing you with countless hours of exhilarating rides. Neglecting maintenance, on the other hand, can result in premature wear and tear, leading to costly repairs or even the need for a new bike sooner than expected.

3. Improved Performance: Picture this: you’re tackling a challenging ascent, pushing your limits to conquer that peak. But a poorly lubricated chain or misaligned gears make your efforts less effective, leaving you exhausted and frustrated. Regular MTB maintenance ensures that your bike operates smoothly and efficiently. Properly adjusted gears, well-lubricated chains, and well-inflated tires can make a world of difference in your biking performance, allowing you to fully enjoy the trails without unnecessary strain.

Do the math and you will see: You save money

4. Cost-Effective Approach: Routine MTB maintenance might seem like a chore, but it’s a far more cost-effective approach compared to waiting until a major issue arises. Minor adjustments and timely replacements of worn-out components are much more affordable. Especially compared to fixing a bike that’s suffered significant damage due to neglect. By addressing small issues before they escalate, you’ll save money. Moreover you save the frustration of having to put your biking adventures on hold.

Also your riding is influenced by proper bike maintenance

5. Confidence Boost: There’s a certain thrill that comes from confidently navigating challenging trails, knowing that your bike is up to the task. Regular maintenance boosts your confidence in your bike’s reliability. This allows you to fully immerse yourself in the experience without worrying about unexpected breakdowns. This newfound confidence can inspire you to explore new trails and push your boundaries, making every ride even more rewarding.

6. Respect for Your Bike: Your mountain bike isn’t just a piece of equipment; it’s a companion that takes you on unforgettable journeys. Regular maintenance is a way of showing appreciation and respect for your bike’s role in your adventures. Just as you would care for any valuable possession, dedicating time to maintaining your MTB demonstrates a commitment to your passion and a desire to keep your ride in its best possible condition.

In conclusion, proper MTB maintenance is not just a chore; it’s an integral part of the mountain biking experience. By ensuring the safety, longevity, performance, and cost-effectiveness of your bike, you’re enhancing your overall enjoyment of the sport. Remember that each ride puts your bike through its paces, and it’s up to you to give it the care it deserves. So, before you embark on your next thrilling adventure, take a moment to inspect, clean, and maintain your MTB – your bike and your future self will thank you for it.

Do not forget to download SAGLY. SAGLY helps you to maintain your mountain bike. It is integrated with Strava and based on your mileage you will receive maintenance reminders. The best mountain bike app you can have on your phone

Download SAGLY, a complete mobile guide for your mountain bike riding, suspension settings and maintenance.

The post mtb maintenance appeared first on SAGLY.

Unveiling 5 Secret Tips on how to maintain a mountain bike

How to maintain a mountain bike? Maintaining a mountain bike is more than just routine cleaning and basic maintenance tasks. There are lesser-known techniques that can greatly enhance your bike’s performance, longevity, and overall riding experience. In this article, we’ll uncover five secret tips that go beyond the basics, giving you an edge in keeping your mountain bike in top-notch condition.

Of course we start with the suspension of your mountain bike

Suspension Tuning for Your Riding Style: One of the lesser-known secrets to maintaining your mountain bike is customizing your suspension settings to match your riding style and terrain preferences. Modern mountain bikes often come with adjustable suspension settings, allowing you to fine-tune the compression and rebound damping to your liking. Experiment with different settings and take note of how they affect your bike’s performance on various terrains. This secret tip can dramatically improve your comfort, control, and confidence on the trails. We recommend SAGLY for doing that. SAGLY is a mobile app developed exactly for this purpose. Document, tune and compare your mountain bike settings with SAGLY.

How to maintain a mountain bike tip #2

Chain Waxing for Long-lasting Lubrication: While traditional chain lubricants work well, using chain wax can be a game-changer when it comes to maintaining your mountain bike’s drivetrain. Chain wax provides a longer-lasting lubrication layer that doesn’t attract as much dirt and grime as liquid lubricants. Applying chain wax requires a slightly different technique: clean your chain thoroughly, then melt the chain wax and dip your chain into it. Allow it to cool and solidify before wiping off the excess. This secret method can result in a cleaner, smoother, and quieter ride.

Sealant tips!

Tubeless Sealant Refresh: Tubeless tires have become a popular choice for mountain biking due to their lower tire pressures and reduced risk of flats. However, the sealant inside the tires can dry up over time, compromising its ability to seal punctures. To keep your tubeless setup working effectively, refresh the sealant every few months. Simply remove the tire valve core, add new sealant through the valve, rotate the tire to distribute the sealant evenly, and then reinflate the tire. This secret tip on how to maintain a mountain bike can save you from unexpected flat tire hassles on the trail.

Mountain bikes and a microfibre towels

Microfiber Towel Maintenance Ritual: In addition to regular cleaning, adopting a microfibre towel maintenance ritual can keep your mountain bike in prime condition. After each ride, take a microfiber towel and wipe down the bike’s frame, components, and even the chain. This quick wipe-down not only removes surface dirt but also prevents dirt and grime from becoming deeply embedded, making your next cleaning session easier and more effective. Embrace this secret practice for a consistently clean and polished bike.

Improve the grip of your mountain bike

Cockpit Cocktails for Grippy Control: Maintaining control of your mountain bike is crucial for a safe and enjoyable ride. A secret trick is to create your own “cocktail” for improved grip on the handlebars. Mix a small amount of isopropyl alcohol with water in a spray bottle. Lightly mist your grips and gloves before riding. This concoction temporarily removes oils and contaminants from your grips and hands, resulting in enhanced grip and control during your ride. Just be sure not to overspray and avoid spraying any brake components.

Beyond the basics of mountain bike maintenance lies a treasure trove of secret tips that can significantly elevate your riding experience. From customizing suspension settings and using chain wax to refreshing tubeless sealant and adopting microfiber towel rituals, these hidden techniques can keep your bike performing at its best. Embrace these secrets, experiment with them, and discover the transformative impact they can have on your mountain biking adventures. Your bike will thank you with improved performance, durability, and countless memorable rides ahead. Do not forget to download SAGLY. A mobile app for your mountain bike. Set up your bike and maintain it.

Download SAGLY, a complete mobile guide for your mountain bike riding, suspension settings and maintenance.

The post how to maintain a mountain bike appeared first on SAGLY.

More than a Mountain bike PSI chart – Mastering Your Mountain Bike Suspension Air Pressure with SAGLY

If you’re an avid mountain biker, you know that conquering those challenging terrains requires a well-maintained bike. In addition it requires a precise suspension setup. One crucial aspect of ensuring peak performance and a smooth ride is getting the right air pressure. The air pressure should be right in the tires and in your mountain bike’s suspension system. The SAGLY mobile app is here to revolutionize your biking experience. It is a comprehensive guide to setting and maintaining the optimal air pressure for your bike’s suspension. Therefore SAGLY is more than just a Mountain Bike PSI Chart and we will show you in this blog post why …

Understanding Suspension Air Pressure. Mountain Bike PSI Chart ca be helpful

Firstly the suspension system on your mountain bike plays a critical role in absorbing impacts or maintaining traction. Lastly it helps to enhance overall control. This system consists of forks at the front and a shock at the rear, which are both pressurized with air. The air pressure in your suspension affects how your bike responds to different terrains and impacts. Too little air pressure may lead to a sagging suspension, while on the other hand too much can make the ride uncomfortably stiff.

Importance of the Right Air Pressure

Achieving the correct air pressure in your mountain bike’s suspension is essential for several reasons:
Optimal Performance: With the right air pressure, your suspension will work as intended, maximizing its potential to absorb impacts and deliver an efficient and smooth ride.
Safety: Properly tuned suspension ensures better control, reducing the risk of accidents and injuries on the trails.
Tire Traction: The right air pressure allows your tires to maintain consistent contact with the ground, improving traction and cornering grip.
Longevity: Over time, consistently running incorrect air pressure can lead to premature wear and tear on your suspension components.

Using the Mountain Bike PSI Chart App

Enter the SAGLY mobile app – your ultimate companion for suspension setup and maintenance. This user-friendly app offers a simple yet powerful way to determine the appropriate air pressure for your specific bike, riding style, and terrain.

Bike Selection: Start by selecting your bike’s make and model from a vast database of mountain bikes.
Riding Style: And indicate your riding style, whether you’re an aggressive downhill rider, a cross-country enthusiast, or somewhere in between.
Terrain Conditions: Specify the type of terrain you usually encounter – rocky, muddy, dry, or a combination of different surfaces.
Rider Weight: Input your weight, as the suspension setup can vary depending on the rider’s mass.
Air Pressure Recommendations: Based on the data provided, the app generates accurate air pressure recommendations for your front fork and rear shock. As a result SAGLY is way more helpful than a simple Mountain Bike PSI Chart.

Regular Maintenance Reminders

The SAGLY app goes beyond initial setup. Furthermore it also helps you maintain your suspension’s performance over time. Moreover you can set reminders for routine maintenance tasks, such as checking and adjusting the air pressure, servicing the suspension and replacing worn-out parts.

User Community and Expert Tips

The app features a vibrant community of mountain bikers who share their experiences and insights. Learn from seasoned riders and suspension experts, receive helpful tips, and discuss best practices for optimal suspension performance. Or simply copy their mountain bike suspension setup in the EXPLORE SETUPS feature.

Having the right air pressure in your mountain bike’s suspension is crucial for unlocking its full potential and enjoying a thrilling, safe, and comfortable ride. With the SAGLY, you’ll never have to worry about guessing the correct air pressure again. From initial setup to regular maintenance, this app has everything you need to ensure your suspension is dialed in for peak performance.

Download the SAGLY today and take your mountain biking experience to new heights! Happy riding!

Download SAGLY, a complete mobile guide for your mountain bike riding, suspension settings and maintenance.

The post Mountain Bike PSI Chart – SAGLY is more appeared first on SAGLY.

Mountain Bike Service: 7 Essential Factors to Watch Out For

A well-maintained mountain bike is essential for a smooth and enjoyable ride on rugged terrains. Regular servicing not only extends the life of your bike but also ensures your safety during challenging rides. However, not all bike service providers are created equal, and choosing the right one can be crucial for the longevity and performance of your two-wheeled companion. In this article, we’ll explore seven essential factors to watch out for when it comes to a mountain bike service.

Reputation and Experience is important when it comes to a Mountain bike service

When entrusting your mountain bike to a service provider for a mountain bike service, reputation and experience should be at the top of your checklist. Look for a service center or mechanic with a track record of excellence and satisfied customers. Online reviews, testimonials, and word-of-mouth recommendations can provide valuable insights into a service provider’s reliability.

Certified Mechanics

A bike service is only as good as the mechanic performing it. Ensure that the service center employs certified mechanics with expertise in handling mountain bikes. Certifications from organizations like the Bicycle Mechanic Certification Institute (BMCI) or the Professional Bicycle Mechanics Association (PBMA) are indicators of a mechanic’s competence and commitment to quality service. This is a very important aspect for a mountain bike service.

Comprehensive Service Packages for a mountain bike service

A reliable mountain bike service should offer comprehensive service packages tailored to different needs and budgets. Whether it’s a basic tune-up or a full overhaul, the service center should address key areas such as drivetrain maintenance, brake adjustments, suspension tuning, and wheel truing. Ensure that the package you choose aligns with the specific requirements of your bike and riding style.

Genuine Parts and Components

Using genuine parts and components is crucial for the optimal performance and longevity of your mountain bike. A reputable service center, will source replacement parts from trusted manufacturers, ensuring that your bike gets the best quality components. Beware of service providers offering extremely cheap deals, as they may be using subpar, generic parts that could compromise your bike’s safety and performance.

Turnaround Time

A quick turnaround time is essential for many riders, especially during peak riding seasons. Inquire about the estimated time it will take for the service center to complete the required repairs or maintenance. While a speedy service is desirable, it should not come at the cost of compromising the quality of workmanship.

Mountain bike service and transparent pricing

Before committing to a mountain bike service, make sure the service center provides transparent pricing for their services. Hidden fees and unexpected charges can be frustrating and lead to a less than satisfactory experience. Request an itemized quote detailing all the services and costs involved to avoid any unpleasant surprises.

Customer Service and Warranty

Excellent customer service is a significant factor to consider when choosing a mountain bike service center. A service provider that values its customers will prioritize open communication, address any concerns promptly, and be willing to stand behind their work with a reasonable warranty period. A warranty on parts and labor shows that the service center is confident in the quality of their service.

Your mountain bike is more than just a machine; it’s your trusted companion on thrilling adventures. Therefore, taking care of it through regular maintenance and servicing is vital. By keeping an eye on the factors mentioned above – reputation, experience, certified mechanics, comprehensive service packages, genuine parts, turnaround time, transparent pricing, and customer service – you can ensure that your bike gets the best care possible. Remember, a well-serviced mountain bike not only performs better but also provides you with the peace of mind to conquer any trail that comes your way. Happy riding! And do not forget to try out mountain bike mobile app SAGLY, which helps you to maintain and set up your mountain bike.

Download SAGLY, a complete mobile guide for your mountain bike riding, suspension settings and maintenance.

The post Mountain bike service appeared first on SAGLY.

Bike Maintenance – 10 tips

Mountain Biking is not only a fantastic way to stay active but also an a lot of fun. To keep your mountain bike in top-notch condition and ensure a smooth and enjoyable ride, regular maintenance is essential. Whether you’re an avid mountain biker or just enjoy a leisurely pedal, these ten neat bike maintenance tips and tricks will help extend the life of your mountain bike and enhance your mountain bike experience.

Regular Cleaning and Lubrication for your mountain bike maintenance

One of the most crucial aspects of mountain bike maintenance is keeping it clean and well-lubricated. After each ride, use a gentle soap and water to clean off dirt and grime from the frame, chain, and gears. Once clean, apply a bike-specific lubricant to the chain, derailleurs, and other moving parts to prevent excessive wear and ensure smooth functioning.

Check Tire Pressure

Proper tire pressure is vital for a comfortable ride and optimal performance. Use a reliable pressure gauge to check the tire pressure regularly, and make sure it matches the recommended range printed on the sidewall of the tire. Under-inflated tires can increase rolling resistance and risk of punctures, while over-inflated tires can lead to a bumpy ride.

Inspect Brakes Regularly

Brakes are critical for your safety, so regular inspections are a must. Check brake pads for wear and replace them if they are thin. Ensure the brake cables are not frayed and that the brake levers engage smoothly without being too loose or too tight. Adjust the brakes as needed to maintain optimal stopping power.

Bike maintenance – Keep an Eye on the Chain

A well-maintained chain is essential for efficient power transfer. Check the chain regularly for signs of wear, such as rust, stretching, or stiff links. Clean and lubricate the chain regularly, and replace it if it shows significant signs of wear to prevent damage to the drivetrain.

Tighten Loose Bolts

Before every ride, perform a quick check to ensure all bolts and fasteners on your bike are tightened securely. Pay attention to the handlebars, stem, seat post, and wheel axles. Loose bolts can cause rattling and lead to potential accidents.

Maintain Proper Gear Shifting

A smooth gear-shifting system enhances your riding experience. If you notice any difficulties in shifting gears, adjust the cable tension using the barrel adjusters on the shifters. Additionally, keep the drivetrain clean and lubricated to ensure seamless gear changes.

Check the Wheels when it comes to bike maintenance

Regularly inspect the wheels for any damage, such as dents or cracks, and ensure they are true (i.e., not wobbling side to side). Check the spoke tension and adjust as necessary to maintain a stable and well-balanced wheelset.

Protect Your Bike from the Elements

Exposure to harsh weather conditions can accelerate wear and tear on your bike. Whenever possible, store your bike indoors or invest in a waterproof cover if outdoor storage is unavoidable. This will protect your bike from rust and corrosion, ensuring it stays in good shape for longer.

Learn Basic Repairs

Empower yourself with basic bike repair skills to tackle minor issues on the go. Understanding how to fix a flat tire, adjust brakes and gears, and replace a chain will save you time and money while keeping your bike on the trail.

Schedule Professional Tune-ups

No matter how skilled you become at bike maintenance, it’s a good idea to schedule regular tune-ups with a professional bike mechanic. A skilled mechanic can identify potential problems that might go unnoticed and perform in-depth adjustments and checks, keeping your bike in top condition.

A well-maintained bike not only offers a smoother ride but also ensures your safety on the trails. By following these ten neat bike maintenance tips and tricks, you can extend the lifespan of your beloved bike and enjoy countless miles of worry-free riding. Remember, regular care and attention to detail will reward you with a more enjoyable, efficient, and safe cycling experience. Happy riding!

Do not forget to checkout SAGLY. A mountain bike app for your bike maintenance. It helps you to set up maintenance intervals and to keep track of your maintenance progress by connecting to your Strava account.

Download SAGLY, a complete mobile guide for your mountain bike riding, suspension settings and maintenance.

The post Bike Maintenance – 10 tips appeared first on SAGLY.

A Comprehensive Guide to Mountain Bike Service Schedule

Maintaining your mountain bike is essential for ensuring optimal performance, longevity, and most importantly, your safety on the trails. A regular service schedule can help prevent major issues, reduce wear and tear, and keep your bike running smoothly. In this blog post, we’ll outline a comprehensive mountain bike service schedule that covers the essential maintenance tasks and the recommended intervals for each. Let’s dive in!

Pre-Ride Check (Bike Service Schedule Before Every Ride)

Before hitting the trails, it’s crucial to conduct a pre-ride check to ensure your bike is in good condition. This quick inspection can prevent potential accidents and save you from unexpected breakdowns during your ride. Focus on the following:

Tire Pressure: Check and adjust tire pressure according to your riding style and trail conditions. Properly inflated tires improve grip, handling, and overall ride quality.
Brakes: Test both the front and rear brakes to ensure they’re working efficiently. Look for signs of wear on the brake pads and make sure the levers engage smoothly.
Drivetrain: Examine the chain, cassette, and chainrings for dirt, debris, and signs of wear. Lubricate the chain if necessary.
Suspension: Inspect the suspension forks and shock for any signs of oil leakage, and ensure they operate smoothly.
Bolts and Fasteners: Check that all bolts and fasteners are tightened properly.

Regular Cleaning in a Bike Service Schedule (After Every Ride)

Cleaning your mountain bike after every ride is a crucial part of its maintenance. Mud, dust, and grime can accumulate on various components, leading to premature wear and reduced performance. Follow these steps for a thorough cleaning:

Rinse: Use a hose or a bucket of water to rinse off dirt and mud from your bike.
Soap and Brush: Apply a mild soap solution to your bike and use a brush to scrub away stubborn dirt.
Rinse Again: Rinse off the soap thoroughly.
Dry: Dry your bike with a clean cloth or allow it to air dry.
Lubrication: After cleaning, apply lubricant to the chain, derailleurs, and pivot points of the suspension.

Monthly Service

At least once a month, perform a more comprehensive service on your mountain bike to address specific maintenance tasks:

Chain and Drivetrain: Check the chain for wear, and if necessary, replace it. Clean and lubricate the drivetrain components.
Brakes: Inspect brake pads and replace if worn. Bleed hydraulic brakes if needed for optimal performance.
Suspension: Check the suspension for wear, clean and lubricate stanchions, and consider a full service if required.
Wheels: Inspect the wheels for trueness and tension the spokes if needed.
Bolts and Fasteners: Check and tighten all bolts and fasteners.

Seasonal Service

Perform a more thorough service at the beginning of each riding season. This service should cover the following:

Thorough Inspection: Examine the frame, forks, and components for signs of damage or wear. Let a professional Bike-Shop or Suspension-Center service your fork and shock. This can prevent more harm and damage to your suspension and is also recommended by the manufactures.
Cables and Housings: Check and replace cables and housings if necessary.
Bottom Bracket and Headset: Service or replace the bottom bracket and headset bearings if they are showing signs of wear.
Hub Overhaul: Disassemble, clean, and repack hub bearings for smooth operation.

Defining maintenance intervals by riding ours or mileage

Here you can find an image of SAGLY’s maintenance feature and the default intervals we suggest for different types of maintenance.

Here the list of intervals we suggest in kilometers:

• Air Can Service Fork: 620 KM
• Air Can Service Shock: 620 KM
• Bearings Cleaning: 1240 KM
• Bolts Check: 37 KM
• Brake Bleeding: 1240 KM
• Pads Brakes Check: 37 KM
• Replace Brake Pads: 620 KM
• Cassette Cleaning: 620 KM
• Chain Length Check: 124 KM
• Clean Bike: 25 KM
• Complete Seat Post Service: 2480 KM
• Complete Damper Service: 1240 KM
• Lower Seat Post Service: 1240 KM
• Lower Leg Service: 620 KM
• Damper Cartridge Service: 1240 KM
• Lubricate Chain: 25 KM
• Lubricate Stanchions: 124 KM
• Remote Lever Bleed: 620 KM
• Rotor Brakes Check: 37 KM
• Rotor Brakes Replace: 400 KM
• Sound Check: 37 KM
• Spokes Check: 124 KM
• Tires Check: 124 KM
• Upper Seat Post Service: 620

Adhering to a mountain bike service schedule is essential for keeping your bike in top condition and ensuring a safe and enjoyable ride. Regular pre-ride checks, post-ride cleanings, monthly maintenance, and seasonal overhauls will prolong the life of your mountain bike, optimize its performance, and enhance your overall riding experience. Remember, a well-maintained bike not only rides better but also reduces the risk of unexpected mechanical failures during your thrilling mountain biking adventures. Happy trails!

Do not forget to try SAGLY, this mobile app helps your set up your mountain bike and to an overview of your maintenances. By connecting SAGLY to Strava your mileage is synched fully automatic and you stay updated which bike has which maintenance appointment. Moreover instructions will help you to carry out some maintenances by yourself.

Download SAGLY, a complete mobile guide for your mountain bike riding, suspension settings and maintenance.

The post Bike Service Schedule appeared first on SAGLY.

Basic Bike Maintenance

Keeping Your Ride Smooth and Safe

Owning a mountain bike is an exciting way to explore the great outdoors, tackle challenging trails, and enjoy the thrill of off-road cycling. However, like any mechanical equipment, your mountain bike requires regular basic bike maintenance to ensure optimal performance, safety, and longevity. In this article, we’ll cover the essential maintenance tasks you should perform on your mountain bike and how often to keep it in top shape.

Regular Cleaning (Basic bike maintenance after every ride)

A clean bike not only looks great but also performs better and lasts longer. After each ride, take a few minutes to clean your mountain bike. Use a bucket of soapy water, a soft brush, and a sponge to remove dirt, mud, and debris from the frame, wheels, and drivetrain. Be sure to rinse it thoroughly with clean water and dry it with a soft cloth. Pay special attention to the chain and derailleurs, as they are critical components that require proper care.

Lubrication (After Cleaning or Every Few Rides)

Once your mountain bike is clean and dry, it’s time to apply lubrication to the moving parts. Use a bike-specific lubricant to oil the chain, derailleurs, brake levers, and any other pivot points. Lubricating these parts will reduce friction, prevent rust, and extend the life of your bike’s components. Remember to wipe off any excess oil to avoid attracting dirt and grime. This is also part of a basic bike maintenance.

Tire Inspection and Inflation (Before Every Ride)

Before each ride, inspect your mountain bike’s tires for signs of wear, cracks, or cuts. Check the tire pressure using a gauge and make sure it matches the manufacturer’s recommended PSI (pounds per square inch). Properly inflated tires provide better traction, smoother rides, and help prevent flats.

Brake Maintenance (Every 3-6 Months or As Needed – Basic bike maintenance)

Brakes are a crucial safety feature on any bike. Periodically check the brake pads for wear and replace them if they are too thin. Adjust the brake calipers to ensure they engage evenly on both sides of the rim or rotor. If you notice any strange noises, vibrations, or a spongy feeling in the brakes, it’s a sign that they need immediate attention.

Gear Shifting Adjustment and Basic bike maintenance (Every 3-6 Months or As Needed)

Smooth gear shifting is essential for efficient pedaling and navigating various terrains. Check the cable tension and indexing on your shifters to make sure they are functioning properly. If the gears are slipping, skipping, or refusing to engage, consider getting them adjusted by a professional bike mechanic.

Suspension Maintenance (Every 6-12 Months or As Needed)

If your mountain bike is equipped with suspension forks or a rear shock, they require occasional basic bike maintenance to keep them working optimally. Follow the manufacturer’s guidelines for servicing intervals, which usually involve cleaning, lubricating, and checking for leaks or damage.

Taking care of your mountain bike through regular basic bike maintenance will not only enhance your riding experience but also extend the life of your bike and its components. By following the guidelines mentioned above and addressing any issues promptly, you can ensure that your mountain biking adventures remain smooth, safe, and enjoyable. Remember, if you’re not confident in your mechanical skills, don’t hesitate to seek assistance from a professional bike mechanic.

Try SAGLY, out mobile app and its mountain bike maintenance feature. It is connected to Strava and makes it easy for you to keep track of maintenances and you will be reminded to do them. Happy trails!

Download SAGLY, a complete mobile guide for your mountain bike riding, suspension settings and maintenance.

The post basic bike maintenance appeared first on SAGLY.

10 Mistakes to Avoid When Maintaining Your Mountain Bike and prevent a mountain bike repair

Mountain biking is fun but also can be dangerous. This is the case especially when you mountain bike is in bad shape. For preventing an expensive mountain bike repair maintenance is very important. To ensure your mountain biking adventures are safe and enjoyable, proper maintenance of your mountain bike is crucial. However, even experienced riders can make mistakes when it comes to maintaining their bikes. In this article, we’ll highlight ten common mistakes to avoid, helping you keep your mountain bike in top shape and extend its lifespan.

Neglecting Regular Cleaning

Failing to clean your mountain bike regularly is a common mistake. Dirt, mud, and grime can accumulate on the frame, drivetrain, and suspension components, leading to premature wear and decreased performance. Make it a habit to clean your bike after each ride using a gentle detergent, water, and a soft brush.

Ignoring Lubrication can lead to a mountain bike repair

Lubrication plays a vital role in maintaining the smooth functioning of your mountain bike’s moving parts. Failing to apply lubricant regularly can lead to excessive friction, wear, and corrosion. Prioritize lubricating the chain, derailleurs, cables. Also greasing the pivot points is important. In general following the manufacturer’s recommendations is important when it comes to these tasks.

Incorrect Tire Pressure

Using the wrong tire pressure is a common mistake that can affect both performance and safety and can result in a mountain bike repair. Therefore insufficient pressure can cause pinch flats and sluggish handling. On the other hand excessive pressure can lead to a harsh ride and reduced traction. For this reason check your bike’s recommended tire pressure and use a reliable pressure gauge to ensure proper inflation.

Improper Suspension Setup

Mountain bike suspension systems require proper tuning to match your riding style, weight, and the terrain you’ll be tackling. Neglecting to adjust your suspension can result in a harsh ride, reduced control, and potential damage. Consult your bike’s manual or seek professional help to set up your suspension correctly. Another way to tune your mountain bike’s suspension is to use SAGLY. SAGLY is a complete mobile guide for your mountain bike maintenance and settings.

Overlooking Brake Maintenance

Brakes are crucial for your safety on the trails. Neglecting brake maintenance can compromise your ability to slow down or stop effectively. Regularly inspect your brake pads for wear, check for proper alignment, and ensure the brake levers have adequate modulation and stopping power.

Incorrect Gear Shifting – A common reason for a mountain bike repair

Improper gear shifting can lead to poor performance and unnecessary wear on your drivetrain components. Avoid shifting under heavy load or grinding gears, as it can damage the chain, cassette, and derailleur. Practice smooth gear changes and learn to anticipate gear shifts based on terrain changes.

Skipping Regular Inspections: Failing to perform routine inspections can allow minor issues to escalate into major problems. Regularly check your bike’s frame, wheels, spokes, bolts, and cables for any signs of damage or wear. Catching problems early on can save you from expensive repairs or accidents on the trails.

Using Incorrect Cleaning Agents

Using harsh cleaning agents, such as solvents or strong degreasers, can damage the paint. But not only the paint, decals, and components of your mountain bike can also be damaged. Stick to bike-specific cleaning products or mild soapy water to ensure safe cleaning without compromising the integrity of your bike’s finish.

Incorrect Storage

Improper storage can lead to unnecessary wear and damage. Avoid leaving your bike exposed to extreme temperatures, direct sunlight, or precipitation. Invest in a suitable bike rack, or if storing for an extended period, consider hanging it vertically or storing it in a bike bag or case for added protection.

DIY Overreaching

While it’s great to learn how to perform basic maintenance tasks, attempting complex repairs without sufficient knowledge and experience can lead to costly mistakes. So if you’re unsure, it’s best to consult a professional bike mechanic who can handle intricate repairs, adjustments, and servicing or download SAGLY. SAGLY has many useful tips on how to tune your mountain bike settings or maintain your bike.

Maintaining your mountain bike is a fundamental aspect of being a responsible rider. Also to save money and prevent a mountain bike repair. Thus by avoiding these ten common mistakes, you’ll not only keep your bike in optimal condition but also enhance your riding experience, improve safety, and extend the lifespan of your trusty two-wheeled companion. Moreover, remember, proper maintenance is an investment that pays off in the long run, ensuring countless memorable rides on the trails and preventing a mountain bike repair.

Do not forget to try our mobile application SAGLY. It helps you to set up and maintain your mountain bike.

Download SAGLY, a complete mobile guide for your mountain bike riding, suspension settings and maintenance.

The post Mountain bike repair can be avoided appeared first on SAGLY.

How to set up MTB suspension? Not the topic for this time. We talk about Mullet wheel setup now.

How to set up mtb suspension is a topic we have discussed a lot. Now we want to talk about Mullet wheel setup. Mullet have become increasingly popular in recent years, especially in the world of mountain biking. This configuration, which features a larger wheel in the front and a smaller wheel in the back, is believed to offer several advantages over traditional wheel setups. However, there are also some potential disadvantages to consider. In this blog post, we will explore the advantages and disadvantages of a mullet wheel setup on a mountain bike.

How to set up mtb suspension is good to know. But what now about advantages of a Mullet Wheel Setup?

1. Improved Handling and Control

One of the primary advantages of a mullet wheel setup is improved handling and control. The larger front wheel provides greater stability and traction, which can help riders maintain control in technical terrain. The smaller rear wheel, on the other hand, allows for quicker acceleration and better maneuverability.

2. Better Roll-Over Ability results not only when you know how to set up mtb suspension properly.

Another advantage of a mullet wheel setup is better roll-over ability. The larger front wheel can more easily roll over obstacles such as rocks and roots, while the smaller rear wheel allows for easier pop and clearance over those same obstacles.

3. Increased Stability at High Speeds

A mullet wheel setup can also increase stability at high speeds. The larger front wheel provides more stability and control, especially when riding downhill or at high speeds. This can help riders feel more confident and in control, even in challenging terrain. By the way, this is also a side effect when you know how to set up mtb suspension and applied your know-how on your bike.

4. Customizable Ride Experience

A mullet wheel setup can also offer a customizable ride experience. Depending on the rider’s preferences and riding style, they can choose to run different wheel sizes or tire widths. This allows riders to tailor their bike to their individual needs and preferences.

Disadvantages of a Mullet Wheel Setup

1. Limited Wheel Compatibility

One potential disadvantage of a mullet wheel setup is limited wheel compatibility. Many bike frames are not designed to accommodate a mullet setup, and finding compatible wheels can be more difficult than finding traditional wheel sizes. This can limit the options available to riders who want to try out a mullet setup.

2. Adjusting to the Ride

Finally, setting up suspension on mountain bike and adjusting to a mullet wheel setup can take some time. Riders who are used to traditional wheel setups may need to adjust their riding style to take advantage of the benefits of a mullet setup. This can take some time and practice, and some riders may not feel comfortable with the new setup.

Conclusion. How to set up mtb suspension is important. What about a Mullet?

Overall, a mullet wheel setup can offer several advantages for mountain bikers, including improved handling and control, better roll-over ability, increased stability at high speeds, and a customizable ride experience. However, there are also potential disadvantages to consider, including limited wheel compatibility, higher cost, and an adjustment period. Ultimately, the decision to try out a mullet setup will depend on each rider’s individual preferences and riding style.

Still, to stay on topic we also want to mention in this blog post: If you want to know how to set up mtb suspension, do not forget to download SAGLY ;-).

Download SAGLY, a complete mobile guide for your mountain bike riding, suspension settings and maintenance.

The post How to set up mtb suspension appeared first on SAGLY.

MTB trail bikes and tools to repair them!

If you’re a bike enthusiast or a professional bike mechanic, you know how important it is to have the right tools for the job. Whether you’re performing routine maintenance, making repairs, or customizing your ride, having the right tools can make all the difference. In this blog post, we will discuss some of the essential tools that any MTB trail rider and mechanic should have in their toolkit.

Allen keys

Also known as hex keys, Allen keys are essential for adjusting bolts and screws on your bike. They come in a variety of sizes, typically ranging from 1.5mm to 10mm, and are used for everything from adjusting your brakes to tightening your seat post.

Screwdrivers

A set of screwdrivers is another essential tool for any bike mechanic’s toolkit. You’ll need both flathead and Phillips head screwdrivers in various sizes to adjust screws on your bike. This is a must have for any MTB trail bike owner.

Pliers

Pliers come in handy for a variety of tasks, including cutting cables and housing, crimping ferrules, and adjusting derailleur cables. Needle-nose pliers are particularly useful for accessing tight spaces.

Chain tool for MTB trail bike owners

If you’re going to be working on your bike’s chain, you’ll need a chain tool to remove links and make adjustments. A good chain tool will be able to work with a variety of chain sizes and be easy to use.

Tire levers

Changing a flat tire is one of the most common repairs you’ll need to make on your bike. Tire levers make the job much easier by allowing you to remove the tire from the rim without damaging it.

Bike pump

A bike pump is essential for maintaining proper tire pressure. Look for a pump with a gauge to ensure you’re inflating your tires to the correct pressure. Here SAGLY is very handy. SAGLY is a complete mobile guide for mountain bike settings and also has an tire pressure calculator integrated. Based on your weight, riding-terrain preference and tire model, SAGLY does the calculations and in seconds you have a great tire pressure recommendation.

Torque wrench

A torque wrench is essential for ensuring that bolts and screws are tightened to the correct specification. This is particularly important when working with carbon fiber components, which can be easily damaged if over-tightened. Another important tool to maintain any MTB trail bike.

Bike in mountain and Cable cutters

If you’re going to be replacing or adjusting cables on your bike, you’ll need a good pair of cable cutters. Look for cutters with a sharp blade and a clean cutting action.

Bottom bracket tool for repairing your MTB trail bike

If you need to replace or service your bike’s bottom bracket, you’ll need a bottom bracket tool to remove and install it. Make sure you get the correct tool for your bike’s specific bottom bracket type.

Chain whip and cassette lockring tool for a MTB trail rider

If you need to remove your bike’s cassette to replace the chain or upgrade your gears, you’ll need a chain whip and cassette lockring tool. The chain whip holds the cassette in place while you use the lockring tool to remove the lockring.

Spoke wrench – Another important tool for MTB trail bike owners

If you’re going to be truing your bike’s wheels, you’ll need a spoke wrench to adjust the tension on the spokes. Look for a wrench that works with your specific spoke nipple size.

Grease and lubricants

To keep your bike running smoothly, you’ll need to apply grease and lubricants to various components. Look for bike-specific lubricants for your chain, derailleur, and other moving parts.

Having the right tools in your bike mechanic toolkit can make all the difference when it comes to maintaining, repairing, or customizing your bike. Investing in high-quality tools can save you time and money in the long run and ensure that you’re able to perform any task that comes your way.

Of course you should also have SAGLY on your smartphone. SAGLY is complete guide for your MTB trail bike in mountain suspension.

Download SAGLY, a complete mobile guide for your mountain bike riding, suspension settings and maintenance.

The post MTB trail and tools! appeared first on SAGLY.

Rockshox set up

Rockshox set up for the shock on a mountain bike in order to become a faster rider

As a mountain biker, your goal is not only to have a safe and comfortable ride on the trails, but also to maximize your performance and become a faster rider with a Rockshox set up. One of the most important components in achieving this goal is ensuring that your suspension is set up correctly. The RockShox suspension system is a popular choice among mountain bikers, and in this blog post, we will focus on how to adjust the RockShox shock to become a faster rider.

Step 1: Check SAG first for your Rockshox set up

The first step in setting up your RockShox suspension is to check the sag. SAG is the amount of compression in the suspension when you are sitting on your bike in a riding position. To check the SAG, first, sit on your bike in a riding position and have a friend or partner measure the distance between the beginning of the travel and the o-ring on the shock. Next, get off the bike and measure the distance between the beginning of the travel and the o-ring again. The difference between these two measurements is your SAG.

To become a faster rider, you want to aim for a SAG of around 25% of the total travel. This will provide a balance between stability and traction, allowing for better control and faster riding. If your SAG is too low or too high, adjust the air pressure accordingly for your rockshox set up.

To adjust the air pressure in your RockShox suspension, you will need a shock pump. The recommended air pressure or SAG for your RockShox suspension can also be found in the owner’s manual or on the RockShox website.

To adjust the air pressure, first, remove the air valve cap on the shock. Next, attach the shock pump to the air valve and begin pumping air into the shock. Keep an eye on the sag as you pump air into the shock, and stop pumping when you reach the recommended SAG. Once you reach the recommended SAG, remove the shock pump and replace the air valve cap.

Now if you use SAGLY for setting your SAG, you have many advantages. Firstly you save time by using SAGLY integrated SAG calculator. Moreover there is another neat feature. All factory recommendation guides of SAGLY are integrated in the app, so you do not need to search those documents.

Step 3: Adjust Rebound

The rebound adjustment controls the rate at which the suspension returns to its original position after being compressed. To adjust the rebound, first, locate the rebound adjustment knob on the shock. The rebound adjustment knob is usually located near the bottom of the shock or fork.

To become a faster rider, you want to aim for a faster rebound setting. This will help the suspension return quickly, providing better traction and control, allowing you to maintain speed and flow through the trails. Test different rebound settings and find the one that feels comfortable and provides the best performance. But be careful, too fast rebound can make your riding worse.

Step 4: Adjust Compression

The compression adjustment controls the rate at which the suspension compresses. To adjust the compression, first, locate the compression adjustment knob on the shock. The compression adjustment knob is usually located near the top of the shock.

To become a faster rider, you want to aim for a firm compression setting. This will help the suspension to respond quickly, providing better control and stability, allowing you to tackle more technical terrain with speed and confidence. Test different compression settings and find the one that feels comfortable and provides the best performance.

Step 5: Experiment with Settings

Once you have completed the steps above, it’s time to experiment with different settings to find the best setup for you. Try different combinations of SAG, air pressure, rebound, and compression settings. Remember that your suspension setup is a personal preference, and what works for one person may not work for another. Exaclty for this reason SAGLY was developed by us. You can keep track of all changes, which you make to your suspension and also dial into your SAGLY application in the HISTORY feature.

Finally you have a good Rockshox set up

In conclusion, adjusting the setup of your RockShox suspension is crucial for maximizing your performance and becoming a faster rider on the trails. By following the tips outlined in this blog post, you can fine-tune your suspension to provide the best balance of stability, traction, and support. 

You should also download the mobile app SAGLY. SAGLY helps you document, tune and compare your mountain bike settings. This app goes in more depth for your rockshox set up. There is a built in SAG calculator and you get even better suggestions for the other settings like compression and rebound. Of course you can keep track of your changes and keep tuning with the FEEDBACK LOOP feature.

Download SAGLY, a complete mobile guide for your mountain bike riding, suspension settings and maintenance.

The post Rockshox set up appeared first on SAGLY.

Rockshox fork setup – Step by step

Setting up the suspension on your mountain bike is crucial for ensuring a safe and comfortable ride on the trails. One of the most popular suspension systems on the market today is the RockShox suspension system. In this article, we will walk you through the process of a rockshox fork setup on your mountain bike.

Step 1: Check SAG for your rockshox fork setup

The first step for your rockshox fork setup is to check the SAG. SAG is the amount of compression in the suspension when you are sitting on your bike in a riding position. To check the SAG, first, sit on your bike in a riding position and have a friend or partner measure the distance between the beginning of the travel and the o-ring on the shock. Next, get off the bike and measure the distance the beginning of the travel and the o-ring again. The difference between the total travel and this measurement is your SAG.

The recommended SAG for a RockShox suspension is approximately 20-30% of the total travel. For example, if your RockShox suspension has 100mm of travel, the recommended SAG would be 20-30mm. If your SAG is too low or too high, you will need to adjust the air pressure in the shock.

To adjust the air pressure in your RockShox suspension, you will need a shock pump. The recommended air pressure for your RockShox suspension can be found in the owner’s manual or on the RockShox website or in the SAGLY application.

Step 3: Adjust Rebound

The rebound adjustment controls the rate at which the suspension returns to its original position after being compressed. To adjust the rebound, first, locate the rebound adjustment knob on the shock. The rebound adjustment knob is usually located near the bottom of the shock.

To adjust the rebound, first, set the rebound adjustment knob to the middle position. Next, ride your bike on a smooth trail and test the rebound. If the rebound is too slow, turn the adjustment knob counterclockwise. If the rebound is too fast, turn the adjustment knob clockwise. Repeat this process until you find the rebound that feels comfortable for you. Then you have a good rockshox fork setup for rebound and air pressure.

Step 4: Adjust Compression

The compression adjustment controls the rate at which the suspension compresses. To adjust the compression, first, locate the compression adjustment knob on the shock. The compression adjustment knob is usually located near the top of the shock.

Let’s start in middle for your rockshox fork setup 

To adjust the compression, first, set the compression adjustment knob to the middle position. Next, ride your bike on a smooth trail and test the compression. If the compression is too soft, turn the adjustment knob clockwise. If the compression is too harsh, turn the adjustment knob counterclockwise. Repeat this process until you find the compression that feels comfortable for you.

Step 5: Check the Setup

Once you have completed the steps above, it’s time to check your setup again. Repeat the SAG check and adjust the air pressure as necessary. Ride your bike on different types of trails and make adjustments as needed. Remember that your suspension setup is a personal preference and what works for one person may not work for another.

We hope you enjoyed this guide on doing a rockshox fork setup

In conclusion, setting up the suspension on your mountain bike is crucial for ensuring a safe and comfortable ride on the trails. By following the steps outlined in this article, you will be able to do a proper rockshox fork setup. To get more help try out the mobile app SAGLY. With SAGLY you can document, tune and compare your mountain bike settings.

Download SAGLY, a complete mobile guide for your mountain bike riding, suspension settings and maintenance.

The post rockshox fork setup appeared first on SAGLY.

Troubleshooting Common Mountain Bike Issues when you adjust bike

Even the most well-maintained mountain bikes can experience adjustment issues from time to time. In this blog post, we will discuss some common mountain bike adjustment issues. Moreover we will provide tips on how to troubleshoot and fix them. This will help you to adjust bike better.

Adjust bike and slipping gears

One of the most common adjustment issues that mountain bikers face is slipping gears. This occurs when the gears on your bike are not properly adjusted. The chain jumps between gears while you are riding. To fix this issue you should first make sure that you adjust the cable tension correctly. If the cable is too loose, the gears will slip. In case the cable is too tight, the gears will be difficult to shift. On the other hand if the cable tension is correct, then it may be necessary to adjust the limit screws on your derailleur. These screws control the range of motion for your derailleur. You can adjust them with a screwdriver as you adjust bike.

Squealing Brakes and how to fix this issue

Another common adjustment issue that mountain bikers face is squealing brakes. This occurs when you have the brake pads not adjusted correctly and they are not making full contact with the rotor. Make sure that your brake pads are properly aligned with the rotor. If they are not, you can use an allen wrench to adjust the position of the brake pads. Also, check that your brake pads are not worn down. If this is the case you might need to replace them.

Another “hack” is to clean the brake discs with brake cleaner. Afterwards clean the discs with a paper roll and not with oily or greesy rags. Afterwards you can also have a look at the braking pads. You can try to clean them with brake cleaner as well and you can grind them a bit with sandpaper. This “hack” is especially useful when you have some kind of greese on your brakes.

Loose Handlebars can be quite dangerous

A loose handlebar can be a dangerous issue on the trail and can lead to a loss of control of the bike. To fix this issue, first check to make sure that the bolts that hold the handlebar in place are tightened correctly. If they are loose, use a wrench to tighten them. Additionally, check to make sure that the stem that holds the handlebar is tight. If the stem is loose, use a torque wrench to tighten it to the recommended torque. Tighten to screws over cross which helps to tighten the stem evenly over the whole surface.

Flat Tires as a common issue

Flat tires are a common issue that mountain bikers face. The root cause can be a variety of factors such as punctures, worn tires, or improper tire pressure. To fix this issue when adjust bike, first check the tire for any punctures or cuts. If you find a puncture, patch it or replace the tube. Replace your tires if they are worn. Additionally, check the tire pressure and inflate the tires to the recommended pressure.

Incorrect Seat Height forces to adjust bike

An incorrect seat height can lead to discomfort and a loss of power while riding. You can fix this issue by adjusting the seat height properly. A good rule of thumb is to have a slight bend in your knee when the pedal is at its lowest point. If the seat is too low, use an allen wrench to raise it. If the seat is too high, use an allen wrench to lower it. More tips on how to set up you seat you can find here.

In conclusion

Mountain biking is a sport that requires a well-maintained bike to ensure a smooth and safe ride. By understanding common adjustment issues and knowing how to troubleshoot and fix them, you can ensure that your bike is always in top condition and ready for the trail. Regularly checking your bike and making adjustments as needed will help you avoid any issues and will keep you riding safely and comfortably. Remember that if you are unsure about anything or if you don’t feel comfortable fixing something on your bike, you should take it to a professional mechanic.

Check out our mobile App SAGLY, it helps you adjust bike. Not only that, with SAGLY you can also document, tune and compare your mountain bike settings. Happy riding!

Download SAGLY, a complete mobile guide for your mountain bike riding, suspension settings and maintenance.

The post Adjust bike and Troubleshooting Common Issues appeared first on SAGLY.

Riding in the Rain: MTB PSI for Wet Conditions

Mountain biking in the rain can present its own set of challenges, especially when it comes to tire pressure. The right tire pressure can mean the difference between a safe and enjoyable ride. Or on the other hand a frustrating and potentially dangerous ride. In this blog post, we will explore how to adjust your MTB PSI. Especially we will focus on wet conditions to ensure maximum performance and safety.

Understanding the effects of MTB PSI for wet conditions

First, it’s important to understand that tire pressure plays a critical role in the handling and performance of your bike. The MTB PSI in your tires affects the bike’s handling, traction, and overall performance. In dry conditions, a higher tire pressure can provide a faster and smoother ride, as well as better puncture resistance. However, in wet conditions, lower tire pressure is recommended for improved traction and control.

Riding in the rain

When it comes to riding in the rain, the key is to lower your  MTB PSI tire pressure slightly. Lowering the pressure in your tires increases the contact patch, which improves traction and stability on wet surfaces. This is especially important on slippery rocks, roots, and mud. By reducing the pressure, the tire will have a larger footprint. This will help distribute the rider’s weight more evenly and increase the surface area of the tire in contact with the ground.

It’s important to note that the recommended tire pressure for wet conditions will vary depending on the type of terrain and riding conditions. For example, if you’re riding on rocky or technical terrain, you may want to lower the pressure even more. This will help to increase traction and control. On the other hand, if you’re riding on smooth trails, you may want to inflate the tires slightly more. This helps you to improve speed and efficiency.

But keep in mind, do not make the tire pressure to low. A very low tire pressure can decrease your ability to steer your mountain bike. Moreover the danger to damage your rims on big impacts increases as well as to have punctures.

Type of tire is important as well

It’s also important to consider the type of tire you’re using. Different types of tires will have different recommended pressures for wet conditions. For example, tires with large knobs and aggressive tread patterns will typically require lower pressure. Tires with smaller knobs and less aggressive tread patterns require usually higher pressure.

What to watch out for when riding in the rain

In addition to adjusting your MTB PSI tire pressure, there are a few other things to keep in mind when riding in the rain. For example, it’s important to slow down and take corners more carefully to avoid slipping and sliding. It’s also a good idea to use a tire with a more aggressive tread pattern, as this will help provide better traction on wet surfaces.

In conclusion, adjusting your tire pressure for wet conditions is crucial for a safe and enjoyable mountain biking experience. Lowering the  MTB PSI  pressure in your tires can improve traction and stability on wet surfaces and increase the surface area of the tire in contact with the ground. This is especially important on rocky and technical terrain. It’s also important to consider the type of tire you’re using and the terrain and riding conditions. Remember to slow down, take corners more carefully, and use a tire with a more aggressive tread pattern. With the right tire pressure and a little extra caution, you can safely and confidently tackle the trails in any weather condition.

Do not forget to download SAGLY. With the mobile app SAGLY you can document, tune and compare your mountain bike settings. The built in tire pressure calculator helps you to find the right tire pressure with ease. This feature calculates based on your body weight as well as terrain preference and tire model the right tire pressure for you in seconds.

Download SAGLY, a complete mobile guide for your mountain bike riding, suspension settings and maintenance.

The post MTB PSI for your tires in wet conditions appeared first on SAGLY.

Tubeless vs. Tubed Tires: Understanding the Impact on the PSI for mountain bike tires

Tubeless vs. Tubed Tires: Understanding the Impact on Mountain Bike Pressure and the related PSI for mountain bike tires

When it comes to mountain biking, one of the most important decisions you’ll make is choosing the right tires for your bike. Two of the most popular options are tubeless and tubed tires. Both types have their own unique benefits and drawbacks, and understanding the differences between them can help you make a more informed decision about which one is right for you. You will also read how these types of tires influence PSI for mountain bike tires. Also read up our blog article on setup mistakes to avoid concerning tire pressure.

PSI for mountain bike tires and tubed tires

Tubed tires are the traditional type of tire that most people are familiar with. They have an inner tube, made of rubber, that is filled with air and sits inside the tire. The tube is held in place by the tire and the rim. The PSI for mountain bike tires inside the tube is what gives the tire its shape and supports the rider’s weight. The main advantage of tubed tires is that they are easy to fix in case of a puncture. You simply remove the wheel, patch or replace the tube and refit the wheel.

What about tubeless tires?

Tubeless tires, on the other hand, do not have an inner tube. Instead, they have an airtight seal between the tire and the rim, which is maintained by a liquid sealant that is poured into the tire. The sealant helps to prevent punctures and leaks by filling any small holes that may occur. The main advantage of tubeless tires is that they can be run at lower PSI for mountain bike tires rather than tubed tires, which improves traction, control and comfort. This is especially beneficial when riding on rocky, technical terrain as the tires can conform to the terrain better.

PSI for mountain bike tires and tubeless tires

When it comes to PSI for mountain bike tires, tubeless tires typically require lower pressure than tubed tires. The sealant in tubeless tires helps to prevent punctures and increases the tire’s ability to conform to the terrain. This allows the rider to run lower tire pressures, which can improve traction and control on the trail.

Disadvantages of tubeless tires

However, it’s important to note that tubeless tires can be more difficult to set up and maintain. The airtight seal between the tire and the rim can be tricky to achieve, and it may take some trial and error to get it right. Additionally, tubeless tires require a special valve stem and sealant, which can add to the cost of the tires.

In conclusion

In conclusion, both tubeless and tubed tires have their own unique benefits and drawbacks. Tubeless tires can offer improved traction, control, and comfort, especially on rocky, technical terrain, but they can be more difficult to set up and maintain. Tubed tires are the traditional option, easy to fix in case of puncture and can be more cost-effective. Ultimately, the choice between tubeless and tubed tires depends on your personal preferences, riding style, and budget. It’s always a good idea to try both types and see which one works best for you. 

SAGLY’S tire pressure calculator

Do not forget to download SAGLY. With the mobile app SAGLY you can document, tune and compare your mountain bike settings. The built in tire pressure calculator helps you to find the right tire pressure with ease. This calculator takes also in consideration if you are riding tubeless or with tubes. Moreover other parameters are considered like terrain preference and your weigth to find the ideal tires pressure for you.

Save these tire pressure settings with all your other mountain bike settings in the SAGLY app. You can also constantly improve and personalize the settings of your bike with many neat features.

Download SAGLY, a complete mobile guide for your mountain bike riding, suspension settings and maintenance.

The post PSI for mountain bike tires – Tubeless vs. Tubed appeared first on SAGLY.

The Effects of Underinflation and Overinflation and the recommended mountain bike tire pressure

One more blog post on the topic tyre pressure, since we received many questions about it. One crucial aspect of maintaining your mountain bike is ensuring that your tires are at the recommended mountain bike tire pressure. The pressure in your tires affects the bike’s handling, traction, and overall performance. However, many riders often overlook the importance of tire pressure. They are also not aware of the effects of underinflation and overinflation.

Underinflation vs. Overinflation

Under inflation occurs when the tires are not inflated to the recommended MTB tire pressure. This results in a larger contact patch, which increases the amount of friction between the tire and the ground. This causes the tire to heat up and can lead to a blowout or a puncture. Additionally, underinflated tires can cause increased wear and tear on the tread, resulting in a shorter lifespan for the tires. Also when cornering tires can be ripped off the rim, when tire pressure is low.

On the other hand, overinflation occurs when the tires are inflated above the correct mountain bike tyre pressure. This results in a smaller contact patch, which reduces the amount of friction between the tire and the ground. This can cause the bike to feel skittish and less stable. Additionally, overinflated tires can result in a harsh and uncomfortable ride. Moreover it can cause increased wear and tear on the sidewalls.

The recommended mountain bike tire pressure

When it comes to mountain biking, the correct MTB tire pressure is essential for a safe and enjoyable ride. Underinflation can cause the bike to feel unstable and can lead to a blowout. While overinflation can cause the bike to feel skittish and uncomfortable. It is important to check your tire pressure regularly and inflate or deflate the tires as needed.

Try SAGLY’S tire pressure calculator for the recommended mountain bike tire pressure

The recommended mountain bike tyre pressure can typically be found on the sidewall. You can maybe also can be find in the owner’s manual for your bike. Try SAGLY, a mobile app, which helps not only to set your tire pressure with ease. Moreover it helps you to document, tune and compare your mountain bike settings. Keep in mind that different types of terrain and riding conditions may require different pressures. If you’re riding on rocky or technical terrain, you want to lower the pressure slightly to increase traction and control. On the other hand, if you’re riding on smooth or hardpacked trails, you want to inflate the tires slightly more. This will also improve speed and efficiency.

Difference between tubeless and tubed tires

It’s also important to note that tubeless and tubed tires have a different recommended mountain bike tire pressure. Tubeless tires typically require lower pressure than tubed tires. Because the sealant in tubeless tires helps to prevent punctures and increases the tire’s ability to conform to the terrain.

In conclusion, proper tire pressure is crucial for safe and enjoyable mountain biking. Underinflation and overinflation can have serious consequences for both the rider and the bike. Regularly checking and adjusting your tire pressure. Furthermore considering the terrain and riding conditions, will help ensure optimal performance and a smooth ride.

Download SAGLY, a complete mobile guide for your mountain bike riding, suspension settings and maintenance.

The post recommended mountain bike tire pressure appeared first on SAGLY.

What about mountain bike PSI on your mountain bike ….

When it comes to mountain biking, having the right air pressure in your suspension parts and tires can make a huge difference in your ride quality and performance. The mountain bike PSI unit, or pounds per square inch, is the standard unit used to measure air pressure in these components.

Air pressure in your fork

One of the most important parts of a mountain bike to pay attention to when it comes to air pressure is the fork. The fork is the front suspension component that helps absorb impacts from bumps and obstacles on the trail. The air pressure in the fork should be set according to the rider’s weight and riding style. A general rule of thumb is to start with the recommended mountain bike psi (air pressure) as indicated by the manufacturer and then adjust as needed based on your own preferences. You can also use SAGLY, which has all factory recommendations of all manufacturers integrated. In this way you will save time and you do not have to look up this information in the internet.

The shock is also important

Another important component to consider is the rear shock. The rear shock is the part of the bike that helps absorb impacts from the rear wheel. Like the fork, the mountain bike psi (air pressure) in the rear shock should be set according to the rider’s weight and riding style. A good starting point is to use the recommended air pressure indicated by the manufacturer, and then adjust as needed.

And of course tires …

Tires also play a crucial role in the air pressure. The air pressure in mountain bike tires should be set according to the rider’s weight and the type of terrain being ridden. A general rule of thumb is to start with the recommended air pressure as indicated by the manufacturer and then adjust as needed based on your own preferences and the terrain. What makes finding the right air pressure for your tires easier is to use SAGLY’s tire pressure calculator. This feature calculates the right air pressure for you based on your body weight, terrain preference and tire carcass model.

The effects of changes in mountain bike PSI

It’s important to note that lower air pressure will result in a softer ride, while higher air pressure will result in a stiffer ride. So, if you’re looking for a softer ride, you may want to experiment with lower air pressure in your suspension parts and tires. On the other hand, if you’re looking for a stiffer ride, you may want to experiment with higher air pressure.

In summary

In summary, the PSI unit is used to measure air pressure in mountain bike suspension parts and tires. The air pressure in these components should be set according to the rider’s weight and riding style, with a good starting point being the recommended air pressure indicated by the manufacturer. It’s important to experiment with different air pressures to find the right balance between a soft and stiff ride. To set up all those air pressures right, a very great tool is SAGLY. SAGLY helps you to document, tune and compare your mountain bike settings. Download here.

Download SAGLY, a complete mobile guide for your mountain bike riding, suspension settings and maintenance.

The post Mountain bike PSI explained appeared first on SAGLY.

Whether you have a spring rate calculator or not, here is how calculate spring rate for rear shock

When it comes to fine-tuning your mountain bike’s rear suspension, one of the most important considerations is spring rate. The spring rate of a shock absorber determines how much resistance it provides to compression. In other words, it controls how “soft” or “stiff” the shock feels when you’re riding over bumps and obstacles. The easiest way is to use a spring rate calculator.

To calculate the spring rate of your rear shock, you’ll need a few basic tools:

1. A spring rate calculator (you can find one online or purchase a physical one)
2. A ruler or tape measure

Here’s a step-by-step guide to calculating the spring rate of your rear shock:

1. Measure the free length of the spring. This is the length of the spring when it’s not under any load. Use your ruler or tape measure to get an accurate measurement.
2. Measure the compressed length of the spring. This is the length of the spring when it’s fully compressed. Make sure to compress the spring evenly and use the same measurement technique as you did for the free length.
3. You also need you body weight, SAG and other values for the spring rate calculator, which are described in more detail in the spring rate calculator.
4. Use the spring rate calculator to calculate the spring rate. You’ll need to input the total length of travel, total length of travel, minus compressed length. As an alternative to step 1 and 2 you can look up those values in the tuning guides or manuals of the shocks.

What unit does the spring rate calculator use?

It’s important to note that spring rate is typically measured in pounds per inch or newtons per millimeter. Therefore, make sure that you are using the correct units when inputting your measurements into the spring rate calculator.

Last but not least

Once you’ve calculated the spring rate of your rear shock, you can use this information to make adjustments and fine-tune the feel of your bike’s suspension. It’s also good to know that spring rate is not the only factor that affects suspension feel, other factors like SAG, damping, and leverage ratio also play a role. And it is important to make sure that the spring rate you choose is appropriate for your weight and riding style.

To conclude

In conclusion, calculating the spring rate of your rear shock is a key step in fine-tuning your mountain bike’s suspension. By using a spring rate calculator and a ruler or tape measure you can easily determine the spring rate of your shock and make adjustments to improve your riding experience. Use the mobile App SAGLY to keep improving your rear shock settings, learn how to set up your mountain bike suspension and have a place to save your settings. The SAGLY app is developed from mountain bikers for mountain bikers.

Download SAGLY, a complete mobile guide for your mountain bike riding, suspension settings and maintenance.

The post spring rate calculator appeared first on SAGLY.

5 Tips for Properly set up you mountain bike tyre pressure for Optimal Performance

Mountain biking is sometimes dangerous and scary. For this reason we think mountain bike tyre pressure is important to prevent crashes and increase your confidence on your bike. Properly inflating your mountain bike tires can make a huge difference in your performance, comfort, and safety on the trails. In this article, we will discuss five tips for properly inflating your mountain bike tires so that you can achieve the perfect pressure for optimal performance.

Tip 1: Use a Quality Air Pump for you mountain bike tyre pressure setup

The first tip for properly inflating your mountain bike tires is to use a quality air pump. Not all air pumps are created equal, and using a cheap or low-quality pump can make it difficult to achieve the desired pressure. Look for a pump that has a built-in gauge, as this will allow you to accurately measure the pressure of your tires. Additionally, a pump with a sturdy, easy-to-use thumb lock or thumb lever will help you to quickly and easily inflate your tires to the desired pressure. There are many shops online and offline, where you can buy those pumps. Do not forget to check out the customer review section to see if the quality of the pump is good.

Tip 2: Check Your Tire Pressure Regularly

The second tip for properly inflating your mountain bike tires is to check your mountain bike tyre pressure regularly. Tires can lose pressure over time due to a variety of factors, such as temperature changes, punctures, or leaks. It is important to check your tire pressure before each ride, as under-inflated tires can make it more difficult to control your bike and can increase your risk of punctures. A good rule of thumb is to check your tire pressure at least once a week. SAGLY, the complete mobile guide has a tyre pressure calculator integrated. It simply calculates the right tire pressure based on your body physique.

Tip 3: Use the Correct Pressure for Your Tires

The third tip for properly inflating your mountain bike tires is to use the correct pressure for your tires. Each tire has a recommended pressure range that is printed on the sidewall. It is important to inflate your tires to the middle of this range, as this will provide the best balance of performance, comfort, and safety. If you are unsure of the correct pressure for your tires, try the mobile app SAGLY. It has a built in tire pressure calculator.

Tip 4: Consider Your Riding Conditions

The fourth tip for properly inflating your mountain bike tires is to consider your riding conditions. Different types of terrain and weather conditions will affect the ideal tire pressure. For example, if you are riding on rocky or loose terrain, you may want to inflate your tires to a higher pressure to reduce the risk of punctures. Conversely, if you are riding on soft or muddy terrain, you may want to inflate your tires to a lower pressure for better traction.

Tip 5: Experiment with Different mountain bike tyre pressure

The fifth tip for properly inflating your mountain bike tires is to experiment with different pressures. Everyone’s riding style and preferences are different, and what works best for one person may not work as well for another. Take some time to experiment with different mountain bike tyre pressure, and pay attention to how your bike handles and how you feel while riding. With a little trial and error, you will be able to find the perfect pressure for your tires and your riding style. For this reason SAGLY has also a built in HISTORY feature, which helps you to keep track of your changes.

Tip 6: Use the mobile App SAGLY

With the mobile app SAGLY you can improve mountain bike settings. Moreover there is an EASY SETUP GUIDE integrated. This guide gives you smart suggestions for your tire settings. Also the WHAT SHOULD I DO, WHEN guide will help you to improve your tire pressure even more. Download SAGLY here.

In conclusion, properly inflating your mountain bike tires is an important aspect of the sport that is often overlooked. By following these basic tips, you can achieve the perfect pressure for optimal performance, comfort, and safety on the trails. Remember to use a quality air pump, check your tire pressure regularly, use the correct pressure for your tires, consider your riding conditions, and experiment with different pressures. And the most important thing, do not forget to download SAGLY.  Happy riding!

Download SAGLY, a complete mobile guide for your mountain bike riding, suspension settings and maintenance.

The post mountain bike tyre pressure setup appeared first on SAGLY.

6 Mistakes you can make concerning your mountain bike tire pressure

Mountain biking is a thrilling and exciting sport that requires a high level of skill and knowledge. One of the most important things to consider when mountain biking is the mountain bike tire pressure, as it can greatly affect your performance and safety on the trail. However, many mountain bikers make mistakes when it comes to tire pressure, which can lead to poor performance, increased risk of punctures, and even accidents. In this blog post, we’ll take a look at five common mistakes that you can make with mountain bike tire pressure and how to avoid them.

Not Checking Your mountain bike tire pressure Enough

One of the most common mistakes that mountain bikers make is not checking their tire pressure enough. This is especially true for those who don’t ride frequently or who only ride on easy trails. However, even experienced riders who ride on more technical trails should check their tire pressure before every ride. This is because tire pressure can change due to temperature fluctuations and changes in altitude, which can affect the performance of your tires and the risk of punctures. To ensure that your tire pressure is at the correct level, you should use a good quality floor pump and check your tire pressure at least once a week.

Running Your Tires Too Hard

Another common mistake that mountain bikers make is running their mountain bike tire pressure too hard. This is often done in the belief that harder tires will provide better performance, but this is not the case. Harder tires offer less traction. This can be dangerous when riding on loose or rocky terrain, as it increases the risk of a crash. Try out our mobile App SAGLY, it will give you exact recommendations for your tire pressure, based on your weight and tire model.

Running Your Tires Too Soft

While running your tires too hard is a mistake, so is running them too soft. When your tires are too soft, they will provide less support and stability on the trail, which can make it difficult to control your bike. Furthermore, riding on soft tires increases the risk of pinch flats, which occur when the tube is pinched between the tire and the rim. This can cause serious damage to your tube and can be costly to repair. To avoid this, make sure to maintain appropriate mountain bike tire pressure at all time.

Not Accounting for Trail Conditions

Another mistake that mountain bikers make is not accounting for trail conditions when adjusting their tire pressure. This is important because different trail conditions require different levels of tire pressure. For example, when riding on a soft, sandy trail, you’ll want to run your tires at a lower pressure to increase traction. Conversely, when riding on a hard, rocky trail, you’ll want to run your tires at a higher pressure to reduce the risk of punctures. To ensure that you’re running your tires at the correct pressure for the trail conditions, you should always check the trail conditions before your ride and adjust your mountain bike tire pressure accordingly.

Ignoring the Recommendations of the Tire Manufacturer

Another mistake that mountain bikers often make is ignoring the recommendations of the tire manufacturer. Many mountain bike tires will come with recommended tire pressure ranges, and it’s important to follow these recommendations. These ranges are based on extensive testing and research, and will provide the best performance and safety for your tires. If you’re unsure of the recommended tire pressure for your tires, you can check the sidewall of the tire for the recommended pressure range or look it up on the manufacturer’s website.

Not using SAGLY for your tire pressure setup

With the mobile app SAGLY you can document, tune and compare your mountain bike settings. Moreover there is an EASY SETUP GUIDE integrated. This guide gives you smart suggestions for your settings and of course also your tire settings. Use this guide to set up tire pressure to have a great starting point. Also the WHAT SHOULD I DO, WHEN guide will help you to improve your tire pressure even more. Download SAGLY for free.

In conclusion, tire pressure is one of the most important things to consider when mountain biking, and it’s essential to get it right to ensure optimal performance and safety on the trail. By avoiding the five mistakes discussed in this blog post, you’ll be able to achieve a great mountain bike tire pressure setup.

Download SAGLY, a complete mobile guide for your mountain bike riding, suspension settings and maintenance.

The post mountain bike tire pressure appeared first on SAGLY.

MTB tire pressure know-how for you

Maintaining the proper mtb tire pressure on your mountain bike is crucial for a safe and enjoyable ride. Not only can it affect the way your bike handles and performs, but it can also impact your comfort level and the lifespan of your tires. In this blog article, we’ll delve into the ins and outs of tire pressure for mountain biking, including how to determine the right pressure for your tires and how to properly inflate them.

How to measure the pressure in your tires

First and foremost, it’s important to understand that mtb tire pressure is measured in pounds per square inch (PSI). Most mountain bike tires will have a recommended range of PSI printed on the sidewall, which is a good place to start. However, this range is just a guideline and may not necessarily be the ideal pressure for every rider or situation. Factors such as your weight, the terrain you’ll be riding on, and your personal preference can all influence the optimal tire pressure for your mountain bike.

A common mistake when setting MTB tire pressure

One common mistake that many riders make is inflating their tires to the maximum pressure recommended on the sidewall. While this may seem like the logical thing to do, it can actually result in a harsh, uncomfortable ride and decrease traction on the trails. On the other hand, running your tires too low can cause them to roll or fold over, leading to a loss of control and an increased risk of flats.

So, how do you determine the right tire pressure for your mountain bike? The best way is to experiment and find what works for you. Start by inflating your tires to the middle of the recommended range and take them for a ride. Pay attention to how the bike feels and whether you feel like you’re getting enough traction. If the ride feels too harsh or bouncy, try reducing the pressure by a few PSI. If the ride feels sluggish or you’re not getting enough grip, try increasing the pressure slightly. It may take a few tries to find the sweet spot, but it’s worth the effort to get it right.

How to inflate the the pressure of your tires

Once you’ve determined the optimal MTB tire pressure for your mountain bike, it’s important to properly inflate your tires to ensure they maintain the correct pressure. This can be done using a floor pump with a gauge or a hand pump with a pressure gauge. Make sure to check the pressure of your tires before every ride to ensure they are at the correct level. If you notice that your tire pressure is consistently low, it may be a sign that your tires or tubes are worn or that you have a slow leak. In this case, it’s a good idea to replace the tires, tubes or repair the leak.

And in conclusion …

In conclusion, proper mtb tire pressure is essential for a safe and enjoyable mountain biking experience. By experimenting with different pressures and properly inflating your tires, you can fine-tune your ride to suit your needs and preferences. Don’t be afraid to play around with tire pressure to find what works best for you, but always make sure to follow the recommended range printed on the sidewall and to regularly check your tire pressure before hitting the trails.

We recommend you download SAGLY, a mobile app to document, tune and compare your mountain bike settings. It also has a built in tire pressure calculation in the EASY SETUP GUIDE section. This will help you to find the right tire pressure based on your body and tire model. This helps you to save time by determining a great tire pressure for you based on your weight, terrain preference and tire carcass model with just a tab of a button.

Download SAGLY, a complete mobile guide for your mountain bike riding, suspension settings and maintenance.

The post mtb tire pressure KNOW-HOW appeared first on SAGLY.

 Low speed compression MTB: What is it etc.

Low speed compression mtb, or LSC, is a term used to describe the damping of a mountain bike’s suspension. In specific the setting when subjected to small bumps and impacts at slower speeds. It is an important aspect of suspension performance. It affects how a bike handles, rides, and feels on the trail. In this article, we’ll take a closer look at low speed compression and how it impacts mountain biking.

Let’s start with the suspension in general first

First, it’s important to understand how suspension works on a mountain bike. Suspension is a system of springs and dampers that absorb shock and smooth out the ride. The suspension elements are responsible for providing the initial force to absorb an impact.

What is low speed compression MTB in short

Low speed compression is usually a blue dial or lever. When you have only compression setting on your bike, it is usually low speed compression setting. Low speed compression damping occurs, when you’re pressing down on the shock/fork, like when you stand up to pedal. Or when you re riding over gentle rollers, berms or dips in the trail.

(-) (open/counter-clockwise/minus): Keeps the suspension lower in its travel when riding. Turn (-) if the suspension part should go through the first and middle part of the travel faster and should feel softer.

(+) (closed/clockwise/plus): Keeps the suspension higher in its travel when riding. Suspension compression may feel more firm on bumpier terrain. This may help you to improve efficiency and maintain momentum over gradual, rolling terrain and through corners.

Low speed compression and its impact

Adjusting low speed compression allows riders to fine-tune their suspension to better suit their preferences and the terrain they’re riding on. For example, a rider who prefers a more planted and stable feel might close their low speed compression. When a rider who values a more forgiving and plush ride might open it.

Besides mountain bike suspension components have a range of adjustment, allowing riders to dial in the perfect balance of support and comfort for their needs. It’s important to note that low speed compression is just one aspect of suspension performance and the overall feel of the bike is the result of all the suspension settings working together.

In general, low speed compression is most noticeable when riding at slower speeds and on slow impacts. Also when shifting your weight slowly LSC plays a big role.

Low speed compression is one of the most important settings on your bike

In conclusion, low speed compression is an important aspect of mountain bike suspension performance. In addition affects how a bike handles, rides, and feels on the trail. It is typically adjusted using a dial or lever on the shock or fork. Furthermore it allows riders to fine-tune their suspension for their preferred balance of support and comfort. By understanding and adjusting low speed compression, riders can get the most out of their mountain bike suspension and have a more enjoyable ride.

Try SAGLY, a mobile app which helps you to set up low speed compression MTB an all other settings. Download it here.

Download SAGLY, a complete mobile guide for your mountain bike riding, suspension settings and maintenance.

The post Low speed compression mtb and its impact appeared first on SAGLY.

Winter mountain bike storage tips

Storing your MTB during the winter months is an important task to ensure that it stays in good condition and is ready to ride when the warm weather returns. Setting up bike is not the only important thing about maintaining your MTB. Here are some tips for storing your MTB during the winter:

1) Clean and dry the MTB thoroughly: Before storing your MTB, it’s important to clean and dry it thoroughly. Remove any dirt, mud, and grime that has accumulated on the MTB during the season. Dry the MTB off completely to prevent rust and other forms of corrosion. Finally when it is time in spring for setting up bike, check out SAGLY, a mountain bike app which helps you to document tun and compare your MTB settings.

Lubricate, Lubricate, Lubricate …

2) Lubricate the chain: A dry chain can rust and become stuck over the winter, so it’s important to lubricate it before storing the bike. Use a bicycle-specific lubricant and apply it to the chain, pedals, and derailleurs. Wipe off any excess lubricant to prevent it from attracting dirt and grime.

Inflate tires for storage and the setting up bike with SAGLY.

3) Inflate the tires: Underinflated tires can develop flat spots over the winter, so make sure to inflate them to the recommended pressure before storing the bike. This will help maintain the shape of the tires and ensure that they are ready to ride when the warm weather returns. You can also use for your tire setup SAGLY. There is an EASY SETUP GUIDE integrated, which suggests you tire pressure settings based on your weight and tire types.

4) Store the MTB indoors: If possible, store your MTB indoors, in a cool and dry place. This will protect it from the elements and prevent rust and other forms of corrosion. If you don’t have indoor storage space, consider using a MTB cover to protect your MTB from rain, snow, and other forms of weather.

5) Avoid hanging the MTB by the wheels: It’s generally not a good idea to hang your MTB by the wheels when storing it. This can put unnecessary strain on the wheels and hubs, potentially causing them to become damaged or out of true. Instead, use a MTB stand or lean the MTB against a wall to support its weight.

It is not time to setting up bike, snow is coming

6) Remove the batteries from electronic components: If your MTB has electronic components such as a dropper post or an electronic shifting system, it’s a good idea to remove the batteries before storing the MTB. This will prevent the batteries from draining and potentially causing damage to the components.

7) Protect the MTB from pests: Mice and other pests can sometimes find their way into your garage or storage space and chew on things like MTB cables and rubber seals. To prevent this, you can use a natural pest repellent or cover the MTB with a protective cover.

8) Store the MTB in a dry place: It’s important to store your MTB in a dry place to prevent rust and other forms of corrosion. If you don’t have a dry storage space, consider using a dehumidifier to keep the air inside the storage area dry. This will guarantee that the for setting up bike in spring everything is set.

Protect your MTB from the cold

9) Protect the bike from extreme temperatures: Extreme temperatures can cause damage to your bike, so try to avoid storing it in a place that gets too hot or too cold. For example, if you live in a place with very cold winters, it’s a good idea to bring your bike inside or at least into a garage or shed to protect it from the cold.

10) Consider using a bike-specific storage bag: If you don’t have a lot of indoor storage space, you can use a bike-specific storage bag to protect your bike from dust and other contaminants. These bags are designed to fit your bike snugly and keep it clean and protected while it’s in storage.

By following these tips, you can help ensure that your mountain bike stays in good condition during the winter months and is ready to ride when the warm weather returns.

Do not forget SAGLY, a free mobile app which helps you to tune your mountain bike settings.

Download SAGLY, a complete mobile guide for your mountain bike riding, suspension settings and maintenance.

The post Setting up bike – MTB storage appeared first on SAGLY.

HOW TO USE SAGLY …

Step 1) EDIT PROFILE

In order to get the right SMART SUGGESTIONS for your mountain-bike chassis, you should create your profile first. You can edit your profile when tabbing on EDIT PROFILE in the menu view. On the top left you can add a profile picture. Then you can choose between
American units of measurement (Pound and Foot) or Imperial units of measurement (Centimetres and Kilogram). Based on this settings you can add your body height and body weight (With riding gear ideally). Then you can add how skilled you are when it comes to riding mountain-bikes. Moreover you can choose if you want to use Bar or PSI as your measurement for tire pressure.

Step 2) CREATE SETUP

Attention: Count clicks always from fully closed clock-wise when creating a new setup.

You can create a new setup when tabbing on the CREATE NEW SETUP text in the menu section. Here you can either create a setup without help. When you do that you have already a setup on your mountain-bike with a fitting SAG and you just want to input the values of the settings of each part of your mountain-bike chassis.

The first screen will ask you for information how you want to name the setup. It also asks you where you ride your setup (Location) and which terrain you ride your setup (Enduro or Bikepark). Optionally you can also add a cool picture of your bike or of yourself riding your mountain-bike. You can go back at the bottom left to previous screens or go to the next screen when tabbing NEXT in the bottom right of the screen.

Choose your part models

Then you can choose the models of the parts you have on your mountain-bike chassis when tabbing on NEXT. You can select a part: E.g.: FORK and then chose the model on the next screen. Here you just input, which brand name, year the model was built, and the model name. It also suggests you models, which you can simply pick in the dropdown. In this way it easier for you to compare your setup with other riders in the EXPLORE SETUPS … feature. Read more about this feature below. Of course you can add individual input too, if you cannot find your model.

After that you just go through the three parts in the CREATE NEW SETUP section and state your clicks, pressure etc. for the specific setting. At the end of the CREATE NEW SETUP wizard you receive a hint whether your setup is balanced or not. Further information will show up in the actual BALANCE view about how to balance your setup. When you tab on finish your new setup will be created and you will be forwarded to the setup in the MANAGE SETUPS section.

The EASY SETUP GUIDE

What you can also use, when creating a new setup is the EASY SETUP GUIDE for each part: Tires, Fork and shock. It guides you how to setup the your mountain-bike chassis and gives you also SMART SUGGESTIONS for tire pressure. You should use the EASY SETUP GUIDE, if you want to adjust your chassis from the ground up. The EASY SETUP GUIDE is for each part different. For the tires it give you a suggestion for the tire pressure based on your weight.

You find this functionality in the tire part view when dabbing on the AIR PRESSURE CALCULATOR button, which you find in the upper part of the screen. For the Fork and Shock it gives you a SAG guide when tabbing on the EASY SETUP GUIDE button, which you also find in the upper part of the screen. This guide helps you you create a good base setup and starting point for the settings Air Pressure or Coil Force and Rebound. Those are the most important settings. If you have those right you have a good base setup. What SAG means and how to measure it, is explained in the EASY SETUP GUIDE screens.

The WHAT IS text in the upper right part of the screens gives you some explanation of the specific setting. What the e.g. Rebound is for, and what effect minus or plus clicks have.

Step 3) MANAGE YOUR SETUPS

After you created a new setup you will be linked to the MANAGE SETUPS screens. You can also choose this section when you tab on the MANAGE SETUPS text in the menu.

In the MANAGE SETUPS view you can, as the name says it already, manage your setups. By swiping to the side you can switch between your setups. You can also use the arrows in the top section to switch between setups. Then you tab on IN USE to mark the shown setup as the setup you are using at the moment on your bike. The setup is now shown in green. Moreover you can click on RAIN to see what values SAGLY suggests you when you ride your mountain-bike in wet conditions. Then you can also edit your settings. You can make slight changes on your setup whenever you feel like it. Just tab after you chose QUICK EDIT on the setting you want to change and then choose another value with your keyboard and then tab on save.

You can also add notes to your setup which you want to remember in regard of the shown setup. Here you can tab on EDIT NOTE above the note field, add text to the field and then tab on save.

The lower part of the MANAGE SETUPS view.

The tiles are simply the settings you added when creating your setup. At the top you can also see you mountain-bike image you chose when creating a new setup.

At the bottom you can see an Arrow with rainbow colors. Tabbing on this arrow allows you SHARE your setup on social media, like Instagram, Facebook or send the setup via E-Mail to a friend.

If you tab at the top left on the three dots, you will see a sub menu. In this menu you can choose EDIT ALL, which let you edit your whole setup again with the same screens like when you did the CREATE NEW SETUP step. When you went through all the screens your edits will be save you will will forwarded back the respective setup in the MANAGE SETUPS view. Then you can COPY the setup, which let you make a copy of your current setup. You will be forwarded to the CREATE NEW SETUP screens where you can make changes if you want. When you went through all the screens your copy will be save you will will forwarded back the respective setup in the MANAGE SETUPS view. Then you can DELETE the setup and as the name says it already the setup will be removed.

The HISTORY feature

Moreover at bottom you can see who HIGH-FIVED or commented your setup. You can also add comments to other users comments. Other users will be notified and can react on you comments. Lastly the HISTORY helps to to keep track of your changes. The latest changes are on the top and the oldest changes in the bottom. A time and date stamp helps you identify, when you made the changes. The two values in row show the previous value the setting had and the new value the setting has now.

The WHAT SHOULD I DO, WHEN button helps you to continuously improve your setup. More about this feature in the next paragraph.

Step 4) Tune your mountain-bike chassis with the WHAT SHOULD I DO, WHEN … guide

1 CLICK CLOSED (- | CW) means turn the specific setting one time clock-wise until you hear a click. 1 CLICK OPEN (+ | CCW) means turn the setting the opposite direction: counter-clock-wise.

When tabbing on the WHAT SHOULD I DO, WHEN … button, you can find many problems you maybe face when riding your mountain-bike chassis. You can choose between PRO problems and INTERMEDIATE problems in the toggle at the top right area of this screen.

When you expand a problem by tabbing on it, you see solutions for this specific problem. You can choose a solution. Then the solution is marked green. If you tab then on ADAPT CHANGES this changes will be applied to your SETUP. You then can also make those changes on your real bike and try out if your problem with the chassis is solved. We recommend only do apply one solution and then go riding and try it out. Therefore you can keep track of your changes and you can feel better what effect this one change has on your mountain-bike.

FEEDBACK LOOP VIA PUSH NOTIFICATIONS

Anytime you apply changes on your setup, SAGLY will get back to after 1 day with a push notification and will ask you how you are feeling about the applied changes. Based on your feeling new suggestions will be provided. Thus you are basically in an improvement-cycle and mimics in some way the bracketing method, also World Cup riders use.

KNOW-HOW for your mountain-bike chassis

Always visit the KNOW-HOW section in the menu, if you do not understand a term, you want to learn more about setting up your bike or you want to see the effects of changes on a specific setting.

EXPLORE SETUPS from other riders

Explore setups from other riders in the MTB suspension app SAGLY. Filter and Search by frame, fork, shock or tire-models. Sort by number of high-fives (likes), number of comments, and recently created. The setups of other riders are displayed with all information about the rider and the bike (suspension setup).

You can high-five (like) those setups, create comments or even try those setups out and copy them to your setups.

The post Mountain-bike chassis tuning with SAGLY – POST appeared first on SAGLY.

Mountain biking is a thrilling and adventurous sport. It allows riders to explore the great outdoors and challenge themselves on challenging terrain. However, navigating unfamiliar trails and keeping track of your progress can be difficult. For this case a mountain bike trail app can come in handy. Not only for for navigation, but also for setting up your mountain bike mobile apps are useful. Moreover for tracking your riding and your fitness is a mountain bike trail app helpful.

There are a variety of mountain bike apps available on the market, each with their own unique features and capabilities. To help you find the best one for your needs, we’ve compiled a list of 5 good mountain bike apps.

1) Trailforks – A really popular mountain bike trail app

Here you can find a vast network of over 80,000 trails. Constant updates with new trails and trail conditions enhances the app permanently. It includes features like ride tracking, which allows riders to keep track of their distance, time, and other performance metrics. It also includes trail difficulty ratings, so riders can find trails that match their skill level. Another useful feature is the ability to plan and share route. This allows riders to easily collaborate with friends and plan their rides. Here is the website of Trailforks.

2) MapMyRide

Detailed maps and route planning tools, making it easy for riders to plan their rides and navigate unfamiliar trails. This is what MapMyRide is about. It also includes training and fitness tracking features. This functionality allows riders to track their distance, speed, and other performance metrics, and set and achieve their fitness goals. In addition to these features, MapMyRide also includes a social component. So riders can connect with other mountain bikers and share their rides and experiences.

3) Strava

Strava is a popular choice among outdoor enthusiasts, offering a wide range of features including ride tracking, training and fitness tracking, and social features to connect with other riders. The ride tracking feature allows riders to track their distance, speed, and other performance metrics, while the training and fitness tracking features help riders set and achieve their fitness goals. The social features of the mountain bike trail app allow riders to connect with other mountain bikers and share their rides and experiences

4) AllTrails

This mountain bike app offers access to over 100,000 trails, including mountain bike trails, and includes features like route planning, tracking, and the ability to save and share favorite trails. The route planning feature allows riders to plan their rides and navigate unfamiliar trails, while the tracking feature allows them to keep track of their distance, time, and other performance metrics. The app also includes the ability to save and share favorite trails, making it easy for riders to revisit their favorite routes and share them with friends.

5) SAGLY – MTB Settings Made Easy

SAGLY is not exactly a trail app but more a mountain bike settings app. MTBs and E-MTBs are equipped with parts, some of which have quite complex settings. Most riders have not adjusted their forks, shocks, or tires optimally, but these settings can be crucial for a safe and pleasurable ride. That is why SAGLY exists: A complete mobile guide for your mountain bike settings and maintenance.

Setups can be managed, edited, copied and much more. Your setups are shown in a nice and clear way. A notes field helps you to keep track of additional info, like what weather you created the setup in, and so on. Adjustments for wet conditions are calculated automatically. Another feature the SAGLY supports the rider with suggested solutions for problems with the suspension. This helps the rider to continuously improve the setup, while riding.

The balance feature checks if your setup is balanced between the rear and the front and also gives hints how to improve and balance your suspension setup. In addition, the you receive general tips & tricks as well as an explanation of terms for optimizing and maintaining the chassis.

The EASY SETUP GUIDE is part of the MTB suspension app SAGLY guiding you through a base setup by using the SAG. The user inputs the suspension part’s travel and the used travel when standing on the bike. This SAG calculator calculates the SAG based on this inputs and gives hints based on the result. The EASY SETUP GUIDE of SAGLY helps you to find an appropriate base setup by giving you recommendations for your tire pressure based on your weight and riding terrain. Download SAGLY for free in the Google Play or App Store.

Download SAGLY, a complete mobile guide for your mountain bike riding, suspension settings and maintenance.

The post A mountain bike trail app we recommend – Actually 5 appeared first on SAGLY.

Why SAGLY is the best mountain bike app out there …

SAGLY is much more than a mobile app that aims to help mountain bike riders optimize and customize their bike setup by providing guidance and suggestions based on the rider’s body, riding style, and bike parts… It is simply the best mountain bike app out there. Why? You will read more about that in this blog post.

One of the main values that SAGLY provides to users is the ability to easily create and manage multiple setups for their mountain bike. This can be especially useful for riders who frequently switch between different terrains or who have multiple bikes with different setups. The app allows users to input detailed information about each part of their bike, including the brand, model, and specific settings, and provides a way for users to save and manage multiple setups for different riding conditions. The advantages of using these features is that you finally remember what settings you ride on your mountain bike. Instead of writing it down somewhere or forgetting the settings, the best mountain bike app SAGLY provides you an intuitive way to always have your settings in your pocket.

The best mountain bike app makes it easy for you to set up your bike

Another value that SAGLY provides is its EASY SETUP GUIDE feature, which offers step-by-step instructions for setting up each part of the bike and provides SMART SUGGESTIONS for tire pressure and other settings. This can be especially helpful for inexperienced riders or those who are new to mountain biking, as it provides clear guidance on how to properly set up the bike and achieve a great setup. Especially the first basic setup can be done with this functionality and helps you to have a great starting point for further optimization.

SAGLY also includes a BALANCE view that provides further information on how to balance the bike setup between the front and rear and a MANAGE SETUPS section where users can view, edit, and delete their saved setups. 

A cycle of improvement – Do not settle, keep tuning!

One of the core features of SAGLY, is the WHAT SHOULD I DO, WHEN … guide. This guide gives you solutions to your problems with your suspension and helps you to fine-tune your suspension. A mountain bike setup is a very specific thing for each rider. SAGLY helps you to develop a feeling for your mountain bike suspension and optimize it to your own needs.

Further Push Notifications where SAGLY asks you for feedback for the latest changes on your settings help SAGLY to give additional suggestions to get to the sweet spot for each setting. This approach is based on the bracketing method, which also world cup riders use to optimize their suspension setup.

With the HISTORY feature you can keep track of your changes and adjustments. This is basically a log book of all adjustments you made in history.

Share with other and have fun

SAGLY already has a big community with over 70.000 users and the EXPLORE feature lets you compare, discuss and interact with other riders and their setups. This guarantees a big amount of fun and also some exposure for your mountain bike setup, where you can also add images of your bike. We are sure you will you get a lot of HIGH FIVES from other riders ;-).

Another great point why SAGLY is the best mountain bike app is the KNOW-HOW section. This part enables you to learn about your mountain bike settings. It is a complex topic, but we put a lot of effort in this section so that it is easy to grasp what each setting does, and which effect changes have on them.

Clear conclusion – SAGLY is the best mountain bike app on the market

SAGLY has many great features and provides a lot of value. It is in our opinion the best mountain bike app on the market, which helps ultimately to have a suspension setup like a world cup rider and become a better rider. And that for a fraction of money other telemetry products out there cost. Try SAGLY for free and download it today in the App Store or Google Play Store.

Download SAGLY, a complete mobile guide for your mountain bike riding, suspension settings and maintenance.

The post best mountain bike app – sagly appeared first on SAGLY.

THE MTB APP SAGLY

As a mountain biker, you know that finding the perfect setup for your bike can make all the difference on the trails. Whether you’re tackling rough terrain or cruising through smooth singletrack, having the right suspension settings can mean the difference between a comfortable and enjoyable ride, and a frustrating and painful one. That’s where the MTB App from SAGLY comes in.

This comprehensive app is designed specifically for mountain bikers looking to optimize their bike’s suspension settings and get the most out of their ride.

THE MTB APP SAGLY and the EASY SETUP GUIDE

One of the key features of the MTB App is the Easy Setup Guide, which helps you find the perfect base setup for your bike based on your weight, riding terrain, and suspension travel. Using the app’s SAG calculator, you can dial in your suspension travel and the used travel when standing on your bike, and the app will calculate the SAG and give you recommendations based on the result. This is an invaluable tool for finding the perfect balance between comfort and performance.

In addition to helping you find the right settings, the MTB App also allows you to manage, edit, and copy your setups, making it easy to switch between different configurations as needed. Plus, with the app’s notes feature, you can keep track of additional information, such as weather conditions, to help you make the most informed decisions about your bike’s setup.

The WHAT SHOULD I DO, WHEN … guide

But the benefits of the MTB App don’t stop there. It also offers suggested solutions for problems with your bike’s chassis, helping you continuously improve and optimize your setup as you ride. And with the app’s balance feature, you can check to see if your setup is balanced between the front and rear suspension, and get hints on how to improve it.

KNOW-HOW about mountain bike suspension … All easy to understand

In addition to these features, the MTB Suspension App also includes general tips and tricks, as well as an explanation of terms related to optimizing and maintaining your bike’s chassis. And with the app’s EXPLORE SETUPS feature, you can see how other riders have set up their bikes and get ideas for your own setup.

Overall, the MTB Suspension App from SAGLY is a must-have tool for any mountain biker looking to get the most out of their ride. Whether you’re a seasoned pro or a beginner just starting out, the app has something to offer for riders of all levels. So if you want to optimize your bike’s settings and improve your performance on the trails, be sure to download the app and see for yourself how it can help.

Download SAGLY, a complete mobile guide for your mountain bike riding, suspension settings and maintenance.

The post mtb app sagly and it’s value for you appeared first on SAGLY.

Setting up mountain bike suspension and optimize your mountain bike drivetrain.

The drivetrain is a critical component of a mountain bike. It is responsible for transferring power from the pedals to the rear wheel. Therefore this part is also important to adjust it right. First not only setting up mountain bike suspension right is an important aspect. A well-maintained drivetrain can improve the overall performance and efficiency of the bike. Therefore it’s important to keep it clean and properly adjusted. In this post, we’ll go over the main components of the mountain bike drivetrain. We will explain how to clean and lubricate it. Moreover we will provide tips on how to adjust and replace the chain and derailleurs.

Understanding the components of the mountain bike drivetrain

The main components of the mountain bike drivetrain include the chain, derailleurs, and cassette. The chain is a loop of links that connects the pedals to the rear wheel. Thus it is transferring the power from your legs to the bike. The derailleurs are responsible for shifting the chain between gears. This is allowing you to adjust your pedaling resistance to match the terrain. The cassette is a series of cogs that are attached to the rear wheel hub. It provides a range of gears for the chain to travel across.

Regular cleaning and lubrication of the mountain bike drivetrain is important to keep it running smoothly and extend its lifespan. By the way, this is also important when setting up mountain bike suspension. Here’s how to do it

1. Shift the chain to the smallest cog and smallest chainring to make it easier to access.
2. Use a chain cleaner tool or a cloth and degreaser to scrub the chain, working your way around the entire loop.
3. Rinse the chain thoroughly with water to remove any remaining degreaser.
4. Dry the chain with a clean cloth.
5. Apply a thin layer of lubricant to the chain, making sure to cover all of the links.
6. Shift the chain through all of the gears to distribute the lubricant evenly.
7. Finally wipe off any excess lubricant with a clean cloth.

It’s important to use the correct type of lubricant for your chain. Further a dry lubricant is best for dry and dusty conditions, while a wet lubricant is better for wet and muddy conditions. Avoid using too much lubricant, as it can attract dirt and grime, leading to faster chain wear.

Adjusting the derailleurs is important

1. Shift the chain to the smallest cog and smallest chainring.
2. Equally important use the cable tension adjuster to ensure that the derailleur moves freely and returns to its original position when released.
3. Shift the chain to the largest cog and largest chainring.
4. Furthermore use the limit screws to adjust the position of the derailleur so that the chain is aligned with the cog and chainring.
5. Finally shift the chain through all of the gears to test the shifting performance.

If the shifting is slow or hesitant, try tightening the cable tension. If the chain rubs against the derailleur or falls off the cog or chainring, try loosening the cable tension.

Replacing a bike chain

Further the chain is a wear item that will eventually need to be replaced, usually after about 1,500 miles of riding or when it starts to show signs of wear such as stretched links or bent rollers. Here’s how to replace a mountain bike chain:

1. Shift the chain to the smallest cog and smallest chainring.
2. Use a chain tool to push out one of the chain’s pins
3. Slide the old chain off of the bike.
4. Hold the new chain up to the old one to determine the correct length. The new chain should have the same number of links as the old one, or one more if you are using a half-link chain.
5. Use the chain tool to push a pin into one end of the new chain.
6. Thread the chain through the derailleurs and around the cassette.
7. Use the chain tool to push the other end of the chain together, forming a loop.
8. Use the chain tool to push the second pin into the chain, completing the loop.
9. Shift the chain through all of the gears to test the shifting performance.

Again it’s important to use a chain tool specifically designed for the type of chain you are using. Some chains require special pins that can only be inserted with a compatible chain tool.

In conclusion

Maintaining and optimizing your mountain bike drivetrain is an important part of keeping your bike running smoothly and efficiently. Besides by cleaning and lubricating the chain and derailleurs, and adjusting and replacing them as needed, you can help ensure that your drivetrain is always performing at its best. In this way don’t neglect this critical component of your bike – give it the care it deserves and you’ll be rewarded with a better riding experience. Lastly of course setting up mountain bike suspension is an important task as well, when you want to improve your riding and expanding your mountain bikes lifespan. Exactly for this reason exists SAGLY. You can document, tune and compare your mountain bike settings with SAGLY. Download it for free.

Download SAGLY, a complete mobile guide for your mountain bike riding, suspension settings and maintenance.

The post Setting up mountain bike suspension and bracketing appeared first on SAGLY.

8 advantages of well adjusted bike settings

Proper bike settings on a mountain bike can provide several key advantages that can improve your riding experience. Here are some of the main benefits of having well-tuned suspension on your mountain bike:

1.Improved handling and control: Proper bike settings allows you to adjust the amount of support and damping that your bike provide. This can help you to maintain better control when riding over rough terrain. Moreover it can make your bike more responsive and easier to maneuver. Furthermore it can help you to avoid obstacles and stay balanced on the trail.

2. Greater comfort and reduced fatigue: A well-tuned suspension can help to absorb the impact of rough terrain. As a result this can make your ride more comfortable and reduce fatigue. Thus this allows you to ride for longer periods of time without feeling as tired. Also it will help you to prevent aches and pains in your hands, arms, and upper body.

Good bike settings make you a faster and better rider

3. Increased traction and stability: Proper suspension setup can help to keep your tires in contact with the ground. This can improve your traction and stability on the trail. So you will maintain your speed and momentum, and it will prevent you from losing control when cornering or descending.

4. Enhanced safety: Well-tuned bike settings can help to prevent injuries from rough terrain, such as falls and crashes. In addition this can provide added peace of mind when you’re out on the trail. In this way you will ride with confidence and enjoy your time on your bike.

5. Increased confidence: Proper suspension setup can help you to feel more confident and secure on your bike. Besides it can improve your overall enjoyment of the sport. When you know that your suspension is working correctly, you can focus on the trail ahead. A ride with more peace of mind is possible.

Performance, Durability and Customization

6. Better performance: A well-tuned suspension can help you to achieve better performance on the trail. This can allow you to maintain your speed and momentum, and can help you to climb and descend with greater ease and efficiency.

7. Enhanced durability: Proper MTB suspension setup can help to extend the life of your suspension components, as it can prevent them from being damaged or worn out prematurely. This can save you money in the long run, as you won’t have to replace your suspension components as often.

8. Customization. A suspension can be customized to suit your individual riding style and preferences. With a proper suspension setup, you can fine-tune your suspension to provide the exact level of support and damping that you need.

In short, a proper suspension setup on a mountain bike can provide improved handling, comfort, traction, stability, and safety. Whether you’re a beginner or an experienced rider, having well-tuned suspension can make a big difference in your riding experience. As well you can get the most out of your bike. Do not forget to try out our free mobile app SAGLY. With SAGLY you can document, tune and compare your mountain bike settings. Therefore you can finally enjoy all the advantages mentioned above by improving your bike settings with SAGLY.

Download SAGLY, a complete mobile guide for your mountain bike riding, suspension settings and maintenance.

The post bike settings well adjusted? Here is why! appeared first on SAGLY.

What tools do I need for setting up suspension on mountain bike?

If you’re planning on setting up the suspension on your mountain bike, there are a few tools that you’ll need to have. This helps you to do the job correctly. Here are some of the essential tools that you’ll need to have when setting up your mountain bike suspension:

Firstly, what to consider about your mountain bike. Of course this may seem obvious, but you’ll obviously need your mountain bike to have a proper suspension setup. Make sure that your bike is clean and in good working condition. Moreover you should use a secured bike stand before you start working on it.

1. Shock pump: With a shock pump you can adjust the air pressure. You can adjust the air pressure in your suspension fork and shock with it. First this is an essential tool when setting up suspension on mountain bike. Second it will allow you to fine-tune the amount of support and damping that your suspension provides.

2. Suspension SAG meter. You can use a suspension SAG meter in order to measure the amount of SAG in your suspension. SAG is the amount that your suspension compresses under your weight. It’s important to have the correct amount of SAG for your riding style and weight. With a suspension SAG meter it is easy to measure SAG and to ensure that your suspension is properly tuned. Alternatively you can simply use an inch stick, measuring tape or whatever you have at hand to measure length.

Some more tools for setting up the suspension on your mountain bike

3. Torque wrench: With a torque wrench you can tighten bolts to a specific torque setting. This is important when setting up suspension on mountain bike. This can prevent damage to your suspension components and help to ensure that they are secure and properly aligned.

4. Hex keys and sockets: You’ll need a set of hex keys and sockets to adjust the various bolts and screws on your suspension components.

5. SAGLY: A mobile app which helps you document, tune and compare your mountain bike settings. A MTB Suspension App for setting up suspension on mountain bike. Setups can be managed, edited, copied and much more. Your setups are shown in a nice and clear way. A notes field helps you to keep track of additional info, like what weather you created the setup in, and so on. You can calculate adjustments for wet conditions automatically. Another feature, the MTB Suspension App supports the rider with suggested solutions for problems with the chassis. This helps the rider to continuously improve the setup, while riding.

What other features does SAGLY have?

With the balance feature you can check if your setup is balanced between the rear and the front. Moreover it gives hints on how to improve and balance your suspension setup. In addition, you receive general tips & tricks as well as an explanation of terms for optimizing and maintaining the chassis. Another function supports you with suggested solutions for problems with the chassis.

In this way you can tune your mtb setup. The EASY SETUP GUIDE is part of the MTB suspension app SAGLY guiding you through a base setup by using the SAG. The user inputs the suspension part’s travel and the used travel when standing on the bike. This SAG calculator calculates the SAG based on these inputs and gives hints based on the result. The EASY SETUP GUIDE of SAGLY helps you also to find an appropriate base setup by giving you recommendations for your tire pressure based on your weight and riding terrain. SAGLY provides you a lot of value, download it for free.

In addition to these tools, you may also need some additional items, such as a lube or degreaser. These tools help you to clean your suspension components. Also a a bike stand to hold your bike in place while you work on it. Finally with the right tools on hand, setting up suspension on mountain bike becomes easy. As a result you can enjoy improved performance and control on the trail.

Download SAGLY, a complete mobile guide for your mountain bike riding, suspension settings and maintenance.

The post setting up suspension on mountain bike and the drivetrain appeared first on SAGLY.

How does bracketing help me to set up mountain bike suspension

Bracketing is a technique that can help you to set up your mountain bike suspension for optimal performance. It involves making small adjustments to the suspension settings and testing the bike on the trail. Then making further adjustments based on the results of each test. By repeating this process, you can fine-tune the suspension. This will suit your specific riding style and the terrain you’ll be riding on.

To apply bracketing to set up mountain bike suspension, follow these steps:

1. First you set up your SAG the right way and then you set all the other settings. You can start with a setting fully closed e.g. O clicks low speed compression and open it by making for example 3 clicks.
2. You do a run, see how it feels, then you do another run. Now you make 3 clicks again in the counter-clockwise direction and see how it this feels. You make notes on each run. If it feels right you stop and go to high speed compression.
3. Because compression can mimic rebound and vice versa do not switch between rebound and compression each run. When for example low speed rebound feels right, go to high speed rebound, make your runs and then go to low speed compression. If you went through all settings your mountain bike should feel good.
4. You should also know by then what kind of difference adjustments on each setting makes.
5. If you do not know or you are not sure what effect a setting adjustments has, have a look in the KNOW-HOW section of the SAGLY App.

How to apply bracketing with SAGLY

If you want to create a bracketing Setup in SAGLY, create a setup with settings set to 0 (Fully closed) except SAG, coil force or air pressure settings (All values related to your SAG).

Then start e.g. with rebound and add 2 clicks (-) CCW. Then SAGLY will also ask you to give feedback after 1 hour via a push notification. When you give feedback to SAGLY that you are not satisfied, additonal suggestions for improvements are displayed for this specific setting.

You can repeat this bracketing FEEDBACK LOOP until you are satisfied with the respective setting. Then, if you want, you can kick-off this FEEDBACK LOOP again with a different setting and so on.

What are major benefits of bracketing?

One of the key benefits of bracketing to set up mountain bike suspension is that it allows you to make precise adjustments to the suspension settings. When you’re setting up your suspension, it’s important to get the settings just right. Even small changes can make a big difference to the way the bike performs on the trail. By using bracketing, you can make small, incremental changes to the suspension settings. Moreover you can test the bike on the trail to see how each adjustment affects the performance. Furthermore allows you to dial in the suspension settings for the best possible ride.

Another benefit of bracketing is that it allows you to test the suspension in a variety of conditions. Thus when you’re setting up the suspension on your mountain bike, it’s important to consider the type of terrain you’ll be riding on. Different terrain – such as rocky trails, smooth singletrack, or steep descents – can require different suspension settings. By using bracketing to set up mountain bike suspension, you can test the suspension in a variety of conditions. Based on the results of each bracketing-test, you can make adjustments. This ensures that the suspension is set up for the best possible performance in all types of terrain.

In conclusion

In conclusion, bracketing is a valuable technique to set up your mountain bike. It allows you to make precise adjustments to the suspension settings and test the bike in a variety of conditions to ensure that the suspension is set up for optimal performance. By using bracketing, you can improve the performance of your mountain bike and get the most out of your ride. SAGLY, a mobile app for your smartphone helps you applying bracketing and fine-tuning your MTB settings. With SAGLY you can document, tune and compare your mountain bike settings. Download it here.

Download SAGLY, a complete mobile guide for your mountain bike riding, suspension settings and maintenance.

The post Set up mountain bike suspension with bracketing appeared first on SAGLY.

What external factors influence my mtb suspension setup?

There are several external factors that can influence the mtb suspension setup. These include the terrain, the rider’s weight and riding style, and the type of suspension system.

Terrain and it’s influence on the MTB suspension setup

One of the biggest factors that can influence suspension setup is the terrain. Different types of terrain, such as rocky, rooty, or smooth trails, can require different suspension settings. On a rocky trail, you may want to have a softer suspension setup to help you maintain control. This also helps you to bounce around less. On a smoother trail, you may want a firmer MTB suspension setup to help you absorb bumps. Also for maintaining traction this can help you.

Another important factor is the rider’s weight and riding style. Heavier riders will typically need a firmer suspension setup to help support their weight. Lighter riders may benefit from a softer setup.

Riding style is another important factor

In addition to weight, the rider’s riding style can also influence the mtb suspension setup. Aggressive riders who like to hit jumps and drops may want a firmer suspension. This helps them to handle the extra forces. More casual riders may prefer a softer setup for a smoother ride. A firmer suspension can also help aggressive riders maintain control and stability when landing jumps or drops. While a softer suspension can help more casual riders absorb bumps and maintain traction on the trails.

The geometry of the mountain bike

Mountain bike geometry refers to the angles and measurements of the frame. This geometry affects the rider’s position on the bike. This can influence the mtb suspension setup in several ways. The wheelbase is the distance between the front and rear axles. For example, a bike with a long wheelbase may require more suspension travel to maintain stability. The seat tube angle is the angle at which the seat post sits in the frame. A bike with a steep seat tube angle may require less SAG to maintain a proper riding position. The specific geometry of your mountain bike will also determine the best suspension setup for you.

Finally, the type of suspension system can also influence the mtb suspension setup. Some suspension systems, such as air-sprung forks, are adjustable, allowing you to easily fine-tune the suspension to your preferences. Other suspension systems, such as coil-sprung shocks, may require more effort to adjust. Furthermore they can offer a more consistent and reliable performance.

In conclusion, the biggest external factors that can influence the suspension setup include the terrain, the rider’s weight and riding style, the type of suspension system, and the geometry of the bike. By considering these factors and making appropriate adjustments to your suspension setup, you can optimize your ride and maximize your enjoyment on the trails. SAGLY, the mobile app which helps you to document, tune and compare your mountain bike settings, also gives you suggestions how to set up your tire pressure, based on your weight and tire tiremodel. Try SAGLY – Download it here for your smartphone.

Download SAGLY, a complete mobile guide for your mountain bike riding, suspension settings and maintenance.

The post mtb suspension setup and factors that influence it appeared first on SAGLY.

5 myths on mountain bike suspension set up

A mountain bike suspension set up can be intimidating to do by yourself, especially for those who are new to the sport. There are countless articles and videos online that offer advice on how to set up your mountain bike, but not all of this advice is accurate. In this blog post, we will debunk some common myths on how to set up a mountain bike and provide some tips on how to do it properly.

Myth 1: The heavier the bike, the better it is

One common myth about mountain biking is that a heavier bike is better because it is more durable and can handle more rugged terrain. However, this is not true. In fact, a heavier bike can be more difficult to control and maneuver, especially on technical trails. It is important to choose a bike that is the right weight for your body and riding style.

Myth 2: Your handlebars should be at the same height as your saddle

Many people believe that the handlebars on a mountain bike should be at the same height as the saddle. However, this is not the case. In fact, having your handlebars at the same height as your saddle can cause discomfort and make it difficult to control your bike. It is important to adjust your handlebars to a comfortable and efficient position that allows you to maintain good control over your bike. This is a very important aspect when doing your mountain bike suspension set up.

Myth 3: Harder mountain bike suspension set up is better for all trails

Another myth is that a harder suspension is better for all trails. This is not the case. In fact, the suspension on a mountain bike should be adjusted based on the type of trail you will be riding on. For example, on a smooth trail, a harder suspension will provide a more efficient ride. However, on a rough trail, a softer suspension will provide better shock absorption and make the ride more comfortable.

Myth 4: You only need to adjust the seat height when doing a mountain bike suspension set up

Many riders make the mistake of only adjusting the seat height when setting up their mountain bike. However, there are several other important adjustments that should be made to ensure a comfortable and efficient ride. These include adjusting the handlebar position and the tire pressure. Of course another important part is a good the mountain bike suspension set up.

Myth 5: You only need to replace the bike’s tires when they are worn out

Some riders believe that they only need to replace the tires on their mountain bike when they are worn out. However, this is not always the case. In fact, the type of tire you choose can have a big impact on your ride. For example, a tire with more aggressive treads will provide better traction on rough trails, while a tire with smoother treads will be better for smoother trails.

In this blog post your read about some common misconception or myths on doing a the mountain bike suspension set up. We recommend you to download our mobile app SAGLY. With SAGLY you do your mountain bike suspension set up with ease. You can document, tune and compare your mountain bike settings.

Download SAGLY, a complete mobile guide for your mountain bike riding, suspension settings and maintenance.

The post mountain bike suspension set up’s 5 myths appeared first on SAGLY.

A good enduro suspension setup is key. Here are some tips!

Enduro mountain biking is a thrilling and challenging sport that combines technical downhill riding with long, grueling climbs. If you’re new to the sport and are thinking about how to do a proper enduro suspension setup, there are a few key things you should know.. This will help you to have the best possible experience on the trails.

First, it’s important to make sure your bike is properly sized for your body. Enduro bikes are typically larger and more rugged than other types of mountain bikes. One exception are downhill and freeride bikes. In this way it is important to get a bike that fits you well. This means having the right frame size, as well as the correct saddle height and handlebar position. A properly sized bike will be more comfortable to ride. Moreover it will help you perform at your best on the trails.

The right bike size is important!

Next, you’ll want to pay attention to the enduro suspension setup on your enduro bike. Enduro bikes handle rugged, technical trails really well. Thus they typically have more suspension travel than other types of mountain bikes like XC or all mountain. This extra suspension will help you smooth out rough terrain and keep your tires on the ground. As a result you will have better control and traction. However, it’s important to have good enduro suspension setup for all settings on your bike. This means adjusting the air pressure in the shock and fork, as well as setting the SAG. The SAG is the amount the suspension compresses when you’re sitting on the bike. Properly set up suspension will help you maintain traction and control on the trails.

In addition to the the enduro suspension setup, you’ll also want to make sure your tires are properly inflate. In addition you should set up your enduro bike for the trails you’ll be riding. You can run your enduro bikes typically at lower tire pressures than other types of mountain bikes, except downhill bikes of course. This helps you to have more grip and provides more traction. You’ll want to experiment with different tire pressures to find the sweet spot. This sweet spot should be the ideal setting for you and the trails you’ll be riding.

Besides a great enduro suspension setup gear is also important!

Finally, it’s important to make sure your enduro bike is properly equipped for the trails you’ll be riding. This means having the right gear, such as a helmet, gloves, and protective pads, as well as carrying essential tools and supplies, like a spare tube, a multi-tool, and a pump. Having the right gear and tools will help you stay safe and prepared on the trails.

Overall, setting up your enduro mountain bike is an important step in making sure you have a great time on the trails. For further tips on how to set up your brakes and saddle check out this blog post. Maybe you also read up on what mistakes to avoid. In any way more tips & tricks on setting up your enduro suspension setup you can find in the SAGLY app. With this mobile app you can document, tune and compare your mountain bike settings.

Download SAGLY, a complete mobile guide for your mountain bike riding, suspension settings and maintenance.

The post enduro suspension setup – How to … appeared first on SAGLY.

KNOW-HOW on Rebound setting for your MTB

Rebound setting MTB is an important aspect of a mountain bike’s suspension system that allows riders to fine-tune the performance of their bike for different terrain and riding styles. In this blog post, we’ll take a closer look at what rebound is, how to adjust it, and the effects it has on a mountain bike’s performance.

Rebound is usually a red dial or lever. It occurs as the spring forces the shock, or fork, to extend.

Here an explanation of rebound?

To understand rebound, it’s important to first understand how suspension works on a mountain bike. The suspension system consists of a series of springs and dampers that absorb the impact of bumps and obstacles. As a result this helps to smooth out the ride and make it more comfortable for the rider. However, if the suspension rebounds too quickly, it can cause the bike to lose traction and become unstable. This can also lead to a crash.

Moreover there are several ways to prevent rebound on a mountain bike. One of the most effective is to adjust the rebound damping on the bike’s suspension. Most modern mountain bikes have adjustable rebound damping, which allows the rider to fine-tune the suspension. The fine tuning can be based on your preferences and the trail conditions. By turning the rebound damping clockwise, the suspension will rebound more slowly.

A too slow or too fast rebound setting MTB

If you set rebound setting MTB too slow, the suspension will take too long to return to its original position. This can can cause the bike to feel sluggish and unresponsive. On the other hand, if you set the rebound too fast, the suspension will return to its original position too quickly. This can cause the bike to feel bouncy and unstable.

How to adjust the rebound setting

To adjust the rebound setting MTB on your mountain bike, you’ll need to locate the dial or lever. This is typically located near the bottom of the fork on the front suspension. But it can also be near the rear shock on the rear suspension. Once you’ve found the adjustment dial or lever, you can turn it clockwise to decrease the rebound speed. Furthermore if you turn the knob counterclockwise it will increase the rebound speed.

Rebound CHEAT SHEET

The faster, the better – If you ride a lot in moderate terrain or ride more leisurely, a slower rebound stage will initially seem more comfortable to you. However, if you move in faster terrain then a slower rebound stage leads to painful arms and legs, as your bike cannot recover from the bumps quickly enough and thus “wastes” travel. Ride for maximum performance with as fast a rebound adjustment as is just comfortable.

TIP concerning your rebound

Important to remember as well that high speed, and low speed, relates to shock shaft speed not bike speed!

Do not settle – Keep tuning your rebound setting MTB

It’s important to experiment with different rebound settings MTB to find the one that works best for your riding style. Also the the type of terrain you’re riding on should play a role. A good starting point is to set the rebound to the middle of its range, and then make small adjustments from there until you find a setting that feels comfortable and allows you to maintain good control of the bike.

SAGLY – a mobile application which is a complete mobile guide for your mountain bike suspension and maintenance, also gives you tips how to adjust your rebound settings, what effects which changes have and so on.

Download SAGLY, a complete mobile guide for your mountain bike riding, suspension settings and maintenance.

The post rebound setting mtb adjusted right appeared first on SAGLY.

Whether you have a MTB SAG calculator or not, setting SAG on your MTB is a must-do.

Setting your SAG on your mountain bike is maybe the most important parameter you have to get right for your suspension setup. Still it is just a starting point and you should do further adjustments later on, based on the terrain you are riding or your riding preference. Wether you do it manually or with the SAGLY’S built in MTB SAG calculator, just keep in mind: Do it ;-)!

Find the suspension elements on your bike before using the MTB SAG calculator

1. First, locate the shock on your bike. The shock is the spring-loaded suspension component that helps smooth out the bumps and rough terrain on the trail. It is typically located between the frame and the rear wheel. If you are not sure where to find the shock on your bike, consult the owner’s manual or the manufacturer’s website for more information. Your fork is in the front of your bike. You should set SAG on both suspension elements. SAGLY, a mobile app which helps you with your mountain bike settings, has a built in MTB SAG calculator, which helps you to set your SAG with ease.

2. Next, adjust the air pressure or spring tension in the shock to achieve the correct SAG. SAG is the amount that the shock compresses when you sit on the bike in a normal riding position. The correct amount of SAG will vary depending on your weight, riding style, and the type of terrain you are riding on, but is typically around 20-30% of the shock’s total travel. For example, if your shock has 100mm of total travel, the correct SAG would be around 20-30mm. This would be calculated automatically for you when using SAGLY’S MTB SAG calculator.

3. To adjust the air pressure or spring tension in the shock, you will need a shock pump. This is a specialized tool that is designed to accurately measure and adjust the air pressure in the shock or fork. You can purchase a shock pump at most bike shops or online retailers.

Let’s take a sit on your bike

4. To set the SAG, first sit on the bike in a normal riding position, with your feet on the pedals and your hands on the handlebars. Then, have a friend help you measure the amount of SAG in the shock when you are sitting on the bike and he is measuring the amount the suspension compresses. Use a ruler or a tape measure to measure the distance that the shock compresses. A more detailed description how to measure SAG is available here.

What to do, when the results in the MTB SAG calculator are not perfect ….

5. If the SAG is too low (meaning that the shock does not compress enough when you sit on the bike), you will need to decrease the air pressure or spring tension in the shock. Use the shock pump to release air or adjust the spring tension until you achieve the correct amount of SAG. To release air from the shock, attach the shock pump to the air valve on the shock and press the button or lever on the pump to release air. To adjust the spring tension, consult the owner’s manual or the manufacturer’s website for instructions on how to do this. SAGLY’S MTB SAG calculator gives you suggestions, how much air pressure you should add or remove, to reach the right SAG.

6. If the SAG is too high (meaning that the shock compresses too much when you sit on the bike), you will need to increase the air pressure or spring tension in the shock. Use the shock pump to add air or adjust the spring tension until you achieve the correct amount of SAG. To add air to the shock, attach the shock pump to the air valve on the shock and pump the handle until you reach the desired air pressure. To adjust the spring tension, consult the owner’s manual or the manufacturer’s website for instructions on how to do this.

Last step: Test and fine-tune

7. Once you have achieved the correct SAG, test the bike by riding it on a variety of terrain. Adjust the air pressure or spring tension as needed to fine-tune the suspension and achieve the best possible ride quality. Pay attention to how the bike feels while you are riding, and make small adjustments as needed to achieve the desired suspension performance.

In summary, setting the SAG on your mountain bike is a simple process that involves adjusting the air pressure or spring tension in the shock to achieve the correct amount of SAG. By following the steps outlined above, you can easily set the sag on your mountain bike and enjoy a smooth and comfortable ride on the trails. With SAGLY’S built in MTB SAG calculator you can set your mountain bike’s SAGLY quite easily. Moreover document, tune and compare your mountain bike settings with SAGLY. Download the app now in the App Stores.

Download SAGLY, a complete mobile guide for your mountain bike riding, suspension settings and maintenance.

The post mtb sag calculator – How to set SAG. appeared first on SAGLY.

10 ways for easy mountain bike maintenance

In this blog post we want to talk about mountain maintenance. The maintenance of your mountain bike helps you to extend the lifetime of the parts of your bike and therefore you can safe money. Moreover it ensures the safety and improves performance of your bike. So let’s get startet with way number one:

Mountain bike maintenance and bike cleaning

1. Keep your bike clean: By washing it regularly and removing any dirt or debris from the frame, gears, and drivetrain. This will help prevent corrosion and damage to the bike’s components. Use a soft brush and some mild soap and water to clean the bike, paying particular attention to the drivetrain (the chain, cassette, and derailleurs) and the brakes. Avoid using high-pressure water or a pressure washer, as this can damage the bike’s bearings and seals.

2. Lubricate the chain, pedals, and other moving parts regularly: To ensure that they move smoothly and don’t wear out prematurely. Use a high-quality bicycle lubricant to lubricate the chain, applying it to the inner and outer links of the chain. Be sure to wipe off any excess lubricant to prevent it from attracting dirt and grime. Lubricate the pedals by applying a small amount of lubricant to the bearings and moving the pedals back and forth to distribute the lubricant evenly.

Do regular check-ups in your mountain bike maintenance

3. Check the bike’s tire pressure regularly: Inflate the tires to the recommended pressure. This will help prevent flats and other tire-related problems. The recommended tire pressure is usually printed on the sidewall of the tire, and is usually between 20 and 40 psi (pounds per square inch). Use a bike pump or a compressor to inflate the tires to the recommended pressure.

4. Check the bike’s brakes regularly: Avoid with that another common mistake and adjust them if necessary. Make sure that the brake pads are not worn down and that the brake levers are functioning properly. To check the brake pads, look for any visible wear on the pads themselves. If the pads are worn down, they will need to be replaced. To check the brake levers, squeeze them to see if they are functioning properly and feel smooth. If the levers feel sticky or spongy, they may need to be adjusted or replaced.

5. Have your bike professionally serviced at least once a year: This will allow a trained mechanic to identify and fix any potential problems before they become major issues. A professional bike service will typically include a thorough inspection of the bike’s components, as well as cleaning, lubrication, and adjustment as needed. This can help prevent more serious problems from developing and can help ensure that your bike stays in good working order.

Bike storage can also be important for maintaining your bike

6. Store your bike in a dry, sheltered location when not in use: This will help protect it from the elements and prevent rust and other types of damage. If possible, store your bike indoors in a climate-controlled space, such as a garage or shed. If you don’t have access to indoor storage, consider purchasing a bike cover to protect your bike from rain, snow, and other forms of precipitation.

7. Invest in good-quality bike components and accessories: This makes mountain bike maintenance more easy. This will help ensure that your bike is built with durable and reliable parts that can withstand the rigors of off-road riding. When shopping for a mountain bike, look for a bike with a strong, lightweight frame made of materials like carbon fiber or aluminum. Choose components such as the gears, brakes, and wheels carefully, and opt for high-quality brands known for their durability and reliability.

8. Use your bike for its intended purpose: Don’t use a mountain bike for long-distance road riding, for example, as this can put extra strain on the bike’s components and cause them to wear out more quickly. Mountain bikes are designed for off-road use, and are typically not as well-suited for road riding as road bikes. If you plan to do a lot of road riding, consider purchasing a road bike instead.

Avoid hitting your bike against objects and regularly inspect

9. Protect your bike from impact and abuse: Avoid crashing or hitting your bike against objects, as this can cause damage to the frame, wheels, and other components. This is easy to say and sometimes hard to realize but this will help you with your mountain bike maintenance. Always be aware of your surroundings when riding, and avoid obstacles and other hazards whenever possible. If you do crash or drop your bike, inspect it carefully for any signs of damage and have any problems repaired immediately.

10. Regularly inspect your bike for any signs of damage or wear: Look for cracks, dents, or other signs of damage to the frame, as well as worn or damaged components such as the chain, gears, and brakes. If you notice any problems, have them repaired or replaced as soon as possible to prevent further damage to your bike. Regular inspection and maintenance will help ensure that your bike stays in good working order and continues to perform at its best.

I hope this blog post about mountain bike maintenance helped you to get a better understanding about why and how to maintain your mountain bike. Also the right settings on your mountain bike help you with maintaining your bike. Exactly for this reason we developed SAGLY. Try our mobile app for free and document, tune and compare your mountain bike settings.

Download SAGLY, a complete mobile guide for your mountain bike riding, suspension settings and maintenance.

The post mountain bike maintenance – 10 ways appeared first on SAGLY.

4 geometry terms to know for your mountain bike suspension setup 

A mountain bike suspension setup can be complicated, especially when you do not have Know-How or experience. The basic Know-How for a mountain bike suspension setup are geometry terms. These terms help you to understand how your bike geometry affects your riding.

1) How reach influences your mountain bike suspension setup

The reach measurement of a bike will indicate how leaned forward a rider will be. Some riders may want to try a frame sized up or down depending on their preferred fit. A longer reach may provide more stability, while a shorter reach gives a bike a snappier feel.

Longer reach: For more stability

Shorter reach: For more maneuverability

Reach is maybe the most important measurement to indicate if a bike is a good fit to you and therefore very important for your mountain bike suspension setup.

One important factor you have to keep in mind is that if you make your head tube taller your reach is getting smaller. That’s because the head angle is not vertical – so, the longer the head tube, the further back the top of it becomes, and so the shorter the reach measurement. But this is not the case if you use headset spacers.

One easy way to measure reach when you do your mountain bike suspension setup is to put the front of the bike against a wall, and then you measure the distance from the wall to the bottom bracket and to the top of the head tube. Then you subtract the the second measurement from the first and here we go, you have your reach.

2) Chainstay

A bike’s chainstays are the lower part of the rear triangle with a horizontal connection to the rear wheel. Concerning playfulness the chainstay is very important. A bike with shorter chainstay will wheelie and manual better than a bike with longer stays. 

Cornering is also improved with short chainstays due to a shortened wheelbase. But watch out, if the chainstay is too short, you loose stability. Chainstay length should be chosen carefully in order to achieve the right balance.

Longer chainstay: It is easier to do manuals and lift front wheel.

Shorter chainstay: Helps with weight distribution. You do not have to lean forward that much in corners to have more weight on front tire and therefore have balanced weight between rear and front part.

3) Bottom-bracket height and your mountain bike suspension setup

The higher the bottom-bracket height, the higher the center of mass of the rider, and so the bike tends to pitch when faced with bumps, hard braking or steep gradients. In this sense, a lower bottom bracket improves stability.

Moreover a higher bottom-bracket height helps you to ride over big rocks and other obstacles without getting stuck. Also tree trunks are often a problem for riders and often the reason the bike gets stuck and the rider flies over the bars. So bottom-bracket height is very important when doing a mountain bike suspension setup.

General tip: Go as low as you can without affecting pedaling efficiency and clearance

On the other hand the lower the bottom bracket the center of mass of the rider is lower. This has some advantages, like agility is higher especially when turning. Therefore bikes with lower bottom-bracket heights are generally easier to move in and out of turns.

4) Head angle

Head tube angle also influences your mountain bike suspension setup. It is the measurement in degrees at which the head tube points towards the ground. Bikes typically have head tube angles ranging from 63 to 72 degrees. So how the bike handles is directly influenced by the head angle degree.

Cross-country or enduro bikes benefit more from steeper angles, while a full-on downhill bike will have a slacker angle. Head angles affect bike handling in a few key ways. Here are the basic effects of the head angle:

Steeper head angle: Increases steering speed, nimbleness and twitchyness

Flat head angle: Increases stability

The head angle also affects the steering response directly. So, the slacker the head angle, the less the bike steers when you move your handlebar. So a steeper the head angle makes the steering response faster. Also an important fact is that slacker bikes are less good at dealing with flat landings and this is also the reason why many bikes have longer fork travel than rear travel.

So we hope you could learn something about setting up your mountain bike. Do not forget to try out our mobile app SAGLY. In the app you can learn more about your mountain bike settings and how to improve them. Happy Riding!

Download SAGLY, a complete mobile guide for your mountain bike riding, suspension settings and maintenance.

The post mountain bike suspension setup and the geometry appeared first on SAGLY.

5 mountain bike set up mistakes you have to avoid

A mountain bike set up can be complicated, especially when you do not have Know-How or experience. Many mistakes can happen. These mistakes are avoidable and we want to teach you here in this blog post about 5 common mountain bike set up mistakes.

1) Not setting SAG correctly in the beginning

The negative suspension travel – better known under the term SAG – is the part of the suspension travel that is compressed solely by the rider’s weight. Normally the SAG should take up between 15-35% of the maximum available suspension travel. The less SAG, the tighter, but also the less sensitive the suspension becomes. When you do your mountain bike set up the SAG should be adjusted right at the beginning. This is the starting point and can be adjusted by changing air pressure or coil force in your suspension element. SAGLY has a SAG guide integrated, which helps you set the SAG with ease. After setting the SAG the stiffness of your bike is pretty much set. After that you can change your rebound, compression and all other settings according to your preference.

2) Not balancing your mountain bike set up

Try to keep your damping settings balanced. For example, if you are riding with a very high low-speed compression on the fork and completely without the shock, then the bike will tend to put more weight on the rear wheel while riding, and vice versa. A balanced setup is the key to success.

You can also try the following test:

Find a level surface and slowly roll forward on your bike. Now pump up and down from a standing riding position – a few times and as hard as you can. The bike should feel supportive and the rebound speed should seem balanced front and rear. If the bike feels unbalanced, make the appropriate corrections.

3) Not saving your settings somewhere

Watch out that when you do your mountain bike set up that you save your settings somewhere. For this reason, and many more, we developed the mobile app SAGLY. With SAGLY you can document, tune and compare your mountain bike settings. You can create for each bike that you have a setup in the app and save your parts and settings for this setup. There is also a feature to make changes to your setup with ease. Moreover the history feature helps you to keep track of your changes and shows all changes you have made to your setup in a clear way.

4) Watch out for your air pressure in your tires

Proper tire pressure lets your bike roll quickly, ride smoothly, and avoid flats. Narrow tires need more air pressure than wide ones: Mountain bike tires, 25 to 35 psi – generally with more air in the rear than the front. This is because more of your weight is on the rear, so it needs more support.

When doing your mountain bike set up the tire pressure is the easiest and cheapest tuning measure. Once you understand how different pressure settings affect performance, you are well on the way to getting more grip, control and fun out of your mountain bike. 

Too high: A high tire pressure supports the sidewall of the tire and thus offers more stability and better protection for the rims. But if you go too far up, you reduce traction because the contact area is reduced. The bike then feels hard.

Too low: A low pressure increases grip thanks to the larger contact area and improves traction in corners, as the tire can better adapt to the trail. However, if you ride with too little pressure, the risk of rim damage from strong impacts increases.

In addition, the lower pressure reduces the natural damping of the tire, which can create an unstable riding experience at higher speeds. The tire lacks stability in hard corners and can feel spongy.

5) Rebound settings are not adjusted right in your mountain bike set up

The faster, the better – If you ride a lot in moderate terrain or ride more leisurely, a slower rebound stage will initially seem more comfortable to you. However, if you move in faster terrain then a slower rebound stage leads to painful arms and legs, as your bike cannot recover from the bumps quickly enough and thus “wastes” travel. Ride for maximum performance with as fast a rebound adjustment as is just comfortable. 

Important to remember for your mountain bike set up as well that High and Low relates to shock shaft speed not bike speed!

So we hope you could learn something about setting up your mountain bike. Do not forget to try out our mobile app SAGLY. In the app you can learn more about your mountain bike settings and how to improve them. Happy Riding!

Download SAGLY, a complete mobile guide for your mountain bike riding, suspension settings and maintenance.

The post mountain bike set up mistakes to avoid appeared first on SAGLY.

MTB set up tips. Here are 3:

MTB set up tips. Here are 3:

They are three very underrated but very important parts you need to set up right. Your mountain bike’s saddle position, your bar and your brakes. All three parts directly influence your riding performance and safety on your bike. Therefore we wrote this blog post with important mtb set up tips especially for those parts.

Set your saddle position

The first big tip for the saddle is simple but very important: Your saddle should be horizontal.

The second tip is how your seat should be positioned vertically: Saddle position vertically is right, when the knee is in the same position as the center of the pedal. So the knee and the center of the pedal should be one line looking from the side. You can take a bar or something like that and control your vertical line.

And the last tip of the three MTB set up tips for your mountain bike saddle is about the height. The knee should be almost stretched when the pedal is pushed down and heel is on pedal. This is relevant for all enduro mountain biker out there. Also the height is considered right, when the saddle is a little bit below the upper edge hip bone. So when you are standing next to your bike. Let’s continue with the next of our three MTB set up tips.

Now we are going to talk about MTB set up tips for your handlebar

The rule of thumb is, the handlebar should show towards your upper body. Depending on if you ride a lot downhill or uphill your upper body position changes. Please adapt the handlebar accordingly. So when should I ride narrow handlebars? Narrow handlebars usually help you to fit through tight gaps. If you ride often in densely wooded forest where trails lead past many trees, maybe a narrow handlebar is better for you. Also a handlebar, which is more narrow, is more agile in steering. On the other hand a wider bar gives you more lateral stability. Moreover the steering becomes more precise, the wider the bar is. And of course leverage increases, the wider the handlebar.

MTB set up tips for the height of your handlebar?

A rule of thumb is, the bigger you are, the higher your handlebar should be and vice versa. Also another parameter taking into account is which terrain you ride. The steeper the trails you are riding, the higher the bar should be.

What to watch out when setting up your brake

Here we have a very simple and powerful rule for you as well: Hand and Wrists should be one line with arms. And the point of pressure of the brake lever should be about 2-3 cm away from the handlebar.

How to choose the right brakes?

Usually you want to have brakes with the largest braking power. Braking power is why we have brakes, so this characteristic is what you should be looking for when choosing the right brakes. How do I evaluate if the brakes I want to buy have a lot of braking power? Here are two variables you should be looking at: Rotor size and pad compound. This means that the number of pistons is not the main factor why your brakes have more or less braking power.

Thermal control in brakes

Here you can also say that the larger the piston surface area and rotor size and thickness. The larger/thicker those two elements are, the better the thermal control is. So if you ride longer descents, and you want to avoid glazing braking pads and overheating braking rotors, watch out for the size of the previously mentioned elements, rotor size and piston surface area.

Last aspect in our MTB set up tips series: What about braking pads?

Organic pads usually have more power at lower temperatures, but they wear out faster and overheat faster. Sintered brake pads are performing better at higher temperatures, are better in the wet, last longer and are more resistant to overheating.

We hope you enjoyed those MTB setup tips for saddle, bar and brakes and it helps you to improve your riding and be more comfortable on your Mountainbike. Do not forget to try our app SAGLY. Download it for free and document, tune and compare your mountainbike settings.

Download SAGLY, a complete mobile guide for your mountain bike riding, suspension settings and maintenance.

The post MTB set up tips you should know appeared first on SAGLY.

Bike setup app number 1: SAGLY

In this blog post we want to show the core value SAGLY gives you as a user and why SAGLY is the best bike setup app out there. SAGLY has many features by now, but what advantages do those features provide?

You learn how to setup your mountain bike

There are many great resources in this app. You learn not only what settings are out there or on your mountain bike, but also what effect each setting has. For example what happens if you close your High Speed Rebound. Moreover we help you with personalized smart suggestions on how to set up your tire pressure. Also a SAG calculator and SAG guide is integrated. The app also provides handy and simple suggestions based on machine learning algorithms and recommendations from the manufacturer.

You finally remember your mountain bike settings

It is not easy to remember all those settings on your mountain bike. Often you forget how many clicks you have for each setting on your mountain bike. Not with SAGLY. You can save all your settings of all your different bikes on your phone. Now you have them always in your pocket. No more sticky notes in your garage. This bike setup app helps you to document your mountain bike settings and also to keep track of your changes.

You have fun in the community with your mountain bike settings

Did you ever try out a setup from a different rider or did you chat with other riders about mountain bike settings? With SAGLY you can do exactly that. You exchange with other riders and learn from them or discuss different settings. Or you simply show off your mountain bike with images, parts and settings in the EXPLORE feature and collect HIGH-FIVES. It is totally up to you how you use the bike setup app SAGLY.

You improve your mountain bike settings continuously

The initial setup of your bike gives you a rough starting point. But to improve it you need to make changes over and over. This is also easy to do with SAGLY. Simply QUICK EDIT your settings. We also want to develop a HISTORY feature, where you can keep track of your changes with ease. This HISTORY feature also helps you to do Bracketing. More about what Bracketing is you can find in the SAGLY app.

You have more fun riding because of this bike setup app SAGLY

All those advantages add up and bottom line you will have more fun riding your mountain bike, if you race you will become a faster racer, you also extend the lifetime of your bike and therefore save money. But one of the most important aspects: It helps you to stay safe on the trails. Nothing worse than not having enough grip, a flat tire at the wrong place, a harsh bike which gives you arm pump and so on. These are in our opinion great reasons why you should download and use SAGLY.

Download SAGLY, a complete mobile guide for your mountain bike riding, suspension settings and maintenance.

The post Bike setup app number 1: SAGLY ;-) appeared first on SAGLY.

Setting up a mountain bike and how to clean it

After setting up a mountain bike you will ride your bike in many different conditions. When riding mud will cover your bike and in every nook and cranny will be dust. That is the reason why after setting up a mountain bike, cleaning your bike is very important. This will increase the service life of your mountain bike and is therefore a good habit to pick up. Bike cleaning is a hot topic, but we want to give you a pragmatic approach in this blog post.

Setting up a mountain bike and the role of every trail ride cleaning

A good thing to do after every trail ride, is to hose off your bike. If you do it right after every ride, you get most of the dirt and mud off your bike. The big stuff has no chance to dry up and cake on.

After setting up a mountain bike and riding you see that a bike has many areas where dirt can be stuck. Those areas do not really get clean with a hose. For this reason a deeper clean is necessary. We will show you how this is done in the next paragraphs.

Water is your friend, but not high pressure water

So you can hose your bike, but what can hurt your bike is high pressure water which can actually force dirt into moving parts like bearings. To avoid this, keep your hose on a medium spray, and take care not to blast the ends of the hubs, the bottom bracket, or anywhere else with a bearing seal.

To loosen up grime in the cassette, I use a little WD-40 degreaser and a brush. This is the same way you should clean your chain and the pulleys on your derailleur. Any other degreaser is good for this purpose, as long as it is a solvent. Solvents remove grease and oil from your bike. WD-40 deagreaser is good but do not use a lubricant.

Yes, we keep it simple also with the brushes

For brushes you can use dollar store toilet brushes. The long bristles you’ll find on a toilet brush can really get all up in that cassette.

Soap it up

There’s nothing wrong with using a standard dishwashing soap on your bike, as some brands are actually pretty good at removing grease and grime. Otherwise, there are tons of bike-specific soaps and washes. Either way, it’s a good idea to only use soap or wash that is biodegradable. 

There are a number of options for how to apply the soap and scrub it around, ranging from a simple rag to specific brushes. Many brands offer their bike washes in spray bottles, which makes things easier. 

Apply the soap, and then scrub with a non-abrasive brush. There are also smaller, more abrasive brushes that are designed specifically for the drivetrain, as well as heavier degreasers that can be used for deeper cleaning days.

This is more simple than setting up a mountain bike.

Clean the rest of your bike with dish soap and a rag. Simple and works. Drying your bike with a towel helps prevent water spots.

This is all, a very simple bike clean, which helps you extend your mountain bike service lifetime and also to show off your cleaned and sparkling mountain bike. So in this post, we covered not only the usual topic of setting up a mountain bike, but also how to clean and maintain your bike.

Do not forget to download SAGLY. SAGLY is a complete mobile guide for your mountain bike settings and maintenance.

Download SAGLY, a complete mobile guide for your mountain bike riding, suspension settings and maintenance.

The post Setting up a mountain bike and how to clean it appeared first on SAGLY.

Suspension setup calculator – A great feature of SAGLY

Settings explained and SAGLY’s Suspension setup calculator app

In this second part of the blog post suspension setup settings and their effects we want to explain some more settings. Especially what each setting does and which effect it has is important to understand. So we collected some info about this topic in this post. Further information about settings, you can find in the SAGLY app, which has a suspension setup calculator integrated.

1) High Speed Compression

High Speed Compression is usually a blue dial or lever. High Speed Compression (HSC) damping adjustment controls compression stroke speed, or the rate at which the suspension compresses, during quick compression scenarios. HSC affects bump impact absorption and efficiency over large and square edge bumps, and down drops. 

(-) (open/counter-clockwise/minus):

Turning the dial in the “-” (minus) or “Soft” direction makes the suspension feel softer during a very quick compression. May allow quick bottom out when riding quickly over and through larger bumps and drops.

  (+) (closed/clockwise/plus):

Suspension that has too much High Speed Compression will feel harsh during a very quick compression. More plus clicks has the effect that suspension travel used on bumpier terrain may be limited and may vary depending on bump or drop size. This can prevent premature bottom out when riding over and through larger impacts.

2) Preload

Important: Never turn Preload more than 2 turns. Essentially, preload means that the spring is pushing outward on the shock before the shock has even started compressing. To make the shock start to compress, you have to overcome that preload force.

The more turns clockwise: You have to put more force on the shock to get it to move.

The less turns clockwise: Less force on the shock gets it to move.

3) Rebound

Rebound is usually a red dial or lever. Suspension movement when the wheel extends. It occurs as the spring forces the shock, or fork, to extend.

(-) (open/counter-clockwise/minus/rabbit):

Extension is faster.

(+) (closed/clockwise/plus/turtle):

Extension is slower.

4) SAG & SAGLY’s suspension setup calculator

Often yes, usually rear shocks run 100-200 psi, but fork psi varies a lot, depending on the design. Get the SAG around 25% (maybe slightly less SAG in the front than the rear) and see how it rides (that’s what really matters), adjust on the trail as needed. In the SAGLY app, you can find a suspension setup calculator for your SAG. This helps you find the ideal SAG settings for your mountain bike.

More Pressure:

SAG is smaller and compression is harder.

Less Pressure:

SAG is higher, less travel and compression is softer.

5) HBO

HBO only works in the last part of the travel; It prevents fork form bottoming-out.  So you can run compression damping to suit the bumps rather than the jumps and still not punish the fork.

6) Air pressure tires

Proper tire pressure lets your bike roll quickly, ride smoothly, and avoid flats. Narrow tires need more air pressure than wide ones: Mountain tires, 25 to 35 psi – generally with more air in the rear than the front. This is because more of your weight is on the rear, so it needs more support.

More Pressure:

Faster riding but less grip.

Less Pressure:

Slower riding but more grip.

Try SAGLY’s Suspension setup calculator

So we hope you learned something reading this blog post. And do not forget to download SAGLY for free, and use the integrated suspension setup calculator for your SAG. Moreover you will find many handy features for your suspension settings tuning and bike maintenance. Happy riding!

Download SAGLY, a complete mobile guide for your mountain bike riding, suspension settings and maintenance.

The post Suspension setup calculator and settings explained appeared first on SAGLY.

MTB chassis settings explained

There are many MTB chassis settings out there. Probably your mountain bike has some or many too. Especially what each setting does and which effect it has is good to know. So we collected some info about this topic in this post.

1) Coil Force

The MTB chassis setting spring rate (the latter of the two numbers stamped on the spring) represents the weight (in pounds) needed to compress the spring by an inch. Lighter riders generally need lower-rated springs, while heavier riders need higher-rated.

2) Volume Spacers

Volume spacers make the air chamber smaller. This makes the fork ramp up more quickly making it less likely to bottom out. When having the correct SAG, but you are still finding that you are bottoming out too easily or too frequently, you could benefit from adding a spacer or two.

3) High Speed Rebound

(Usually a red dial) controls the a damping adjustment HSR.

(+) (closed/clockwise/plus/turtle):

Turning HSR (+) direction will compress your travel on repetitive big hits. The suspension probably does not have time to extend fully. As a result you do not use the full travel on the following hits and the suspension will feel hard.

(-) (open/counter-clockwise/minus/rabbit):

Turning the dial in the Jackalope plus direction reduces the amount of High Speed Rebound damping and the suspension will extend faster on repetitive big hits.

4) Low Speed Rebound. A very important mtb chassis setting.

This mtb chassis setting is usually a red dial or lever.

(+) (closed/clockwise/plus/turtle):

Turning LSR (+) direction will decompress your travel slowly after slow compressions. LSR that is too slow, prevents the suspension from extending quickly enough to regain contact with the ground or prepare for the next impact, turn, jump or compression.

(-) (open/counter-clockwise/minus/rabbit):

Turning the dial in the rabbit or ‘-‘ (minus) direction reduces the amount of low speed rebound damping and the suspension will extend faster after long turns, after compressions or jump take-offs.

5) Low Speed Compression

You adjust this MTB chassis setting usually by the blue dial or lever. Low speed compressions happen when you’re pressing down on the shock/fork, like when you stand up to pedal. Moreover when you’re riding over gentle rollers, berms or dips in the trail. The chassis is simply absorbing your weight against gravity in a slow, controlled manner.

(+) (closed/clockwise/plus):

Keeps the suspension higher in its travel when riding. Suspension compression may feel more firm on bumpier terrain. This may help you to improve efficiency and maintain momentum over gradual, rolling terrain and through corners.

(-) (open/counter-clockwise/minus):

Keeps the suspension lower in its travel when riding. Turn (-) if the suspension part should go through the first and middle part

We hope this post helped you with your MTB chassis settings. You can also find very easy and helpful bites of information about settings on your mountain bike in our SAGLY app. Download it for free and document, tune and compare your mountain bike settings with SAGLY.

Download SAGLY, a complete mobile guide for your mountain bike riding, suspension settings and maintenance.

The post mtb chassis settings explained appeared first on SAGLY.

Tuning a new mountain bike – Fork’s rebound settings

In this post, we want to teach you how tuning a new mountain bike works. More specifically you will read in this blog post about how to adjust rebound settings of your fork. In the previous posts, we talked about how to set up your bike with SAG. Moreover we adjusted the rebound of your shock in the last post. So in this blog post the rebound of your fork will be set up correctly.

Tuning a new mountain bike – Let’s have a deeper look at your forks rebound

The rebound is always the red dial or lever.  Rebound is the suspension movement when the suspension extends. Usually the rule of thumb is the following: The faster, the better. If you ride a lot in moderate terrain, a slower rebound stage will initially seem more comfortable to you. However, if you move in faster terrain then a slower rebound stage leads to painful arm. Because your suspension cannot recover from the bumps quickly enough. This is called packing.

Important to know when tuning a new mountain bike is also that High and Low relates to shock shaft speed not bike speed. E.g.: High Speed Rebound and Low speed Rebound.

Setting Rebound on your fork – A practical approach

Good news is you don’t need any tools at all to do this generally on a fork these days. You’re going to find any rebound adjustment on the right-hand leg. The dial will generally be either at the bottom of the fork or at the top.

The easiest way to demonstrate what the rebound adjustment does, is, to show the extremes.

Fast rebound

To begin we turn the rebound dial all the way counter-clockwise and the rebound is opened up totally. You’ll see that the fork has basically turned into pogo stick so it returns incredibly quickly even the front is leaving the floor there. So you can imagine as you’re riding it’s going to be incredibly skittish the front wheels not going to track very well if you hit something big it’s gonna kick the front wheel up. You will also not have a lot of traction.

Slow rebound

The other extreme is when you turn the dial all the way clockwise. Now the fork comes back incredibly slowly. When you have set your fork like that, after you hit a succession of bumps, the fork will pack down it won’t have time to extend and eventually you’ll run out of travel. If you hit something big and you could end up going over the bars.

What is the right rebound setting when tuning a new mountain bike?

First we are going to set that rebound that the fork is controlled. It is not going back very quick but it also returns quick enough to deal with lots of rapid impacts. To find this spot, we are turning the rebound knob four clicks counter-clockwise from fully closed.

Now you can do the practical check when tuning a new mountain bike: You damp your fork with your hands on the handlebar. You should use at least a third of your travel. Then after you pressed the fork, take off the hands from the handlebar suddenly. When the suspension gets back into its normal position, the tire should not leave the ground, otherwise the rebound is too fast. So what you do now is, open the rebound click by click until the front tire is actually starting to leave the ground. If this happens, close your rebound on click clockwise. Now you have a good basic setting for your fork rebound.

That method works also for hardtails. One last check you can do on a full-suspension bike, is to damp your bike on even ground while standing on your bike. When the fork is coming back faster than your shock or vice versa, your bike’s rebound is not balanced. Therefore close the rebound (clockwise) on the back or front, depending where your bike’s rebound is too fast.

I hope you enjoyed this blog post, on setting your fork’s rebound. We recommend downloading the SAGLY app for free in the App or Google Play store. There you can find handy features to document, tune and compare your suspension setup. Also the EASY SETUP GUIDE guides you step by step through tuning a new mountain bike.

Download SAGLY, a complete mobile guide for your mountain bike riding, suspension settings and maintenance.

The post Tuning a new mountain bike appeared first on SAGLY.

A handy mtb setup guide for your rebound settings

We want you to get started with your setup for your mountain bike. Therefore we created this little mtb setup guide for you. In this guide we give a brief overview how to create a good basic setup for your suspension and your tires. For the basic setup we will use the SAG as the main parameter. What SAG is, how to measure it and how to apply it on your MTB you will find in this blog post.

You applied a basic setup to your mtb with the right SAG? Great, we can now proceed with the mtb setup guide. 

MTB setup guide for the rebound of your shock

We want to explain to you how you can adjust Rebound settings to your SAG. We do it by a practical test. You can do it pretty much anywhere. You just need to find a curb, where you can drop down with your mtb. Maybe the curb is as big as about 20 cm and you are perfectly set. Now fully open (counter-clockwise) the rebound. You can drop down the curb and you will probably feel two oscillations. This means the rebound is too fast. If not, the rebound is ok and we are done here with the MTB setup guide. So in case your rebound is too fast make your rebound slower and decrease the amount of the second oscillation by turning your rebound by 2 clicks clockwise. 

Keep on going and further improve

Next up in this MTB setup guide focused on rebound you should drop down the curb again. This time the second oscillation should be less intense. This means we are on the right track. All you need to do now, is turn the rebound counter-clockwise click by click and do the curb test, until your rebound feels good and the second oscillation is pretty much gone. Then you have adjusted the rebound of shock the right way and you will have a great riding experience with a lot of safety.

We hope this practical test helps you to adjust your rebound settings of your shock. A handy EASY SETUP GUIDE is also available on our mobile App SAGLY. This app guides you through setting up your mountain bike suspension. Moreover a handy maintenance guide is integrated. This app comes with many great features. Document, tune and compare your mountain bike settings with SAGLY. If you want to keep on reading in our blog, there will be soon a MTB setup guide on how to adjust the rebound of your fork. Or just poke around and find other interesting topics and posts.

Download SAGLY, a complete mobile guide for your mountain bike riding, suspension settings and maintenance.

The post MTB setup guide for your rebound settings appeared first on SAGLY.

Setting SAG MTB – What is that again?

The negative suspension travel – better known under the term SAG – is the part of the suspension travel that is compressed solely by the rider’s weight. Normally the SAG should take up between 15-35% of the maximum available suspension travel. The less SAG, the tighter, but also the less sensitive the chassis becomes. Setting SAG MTB is not hard. In this post we will show how this is done.

Setting SAG MTB in practice

All you need is a Multi-Tool, a yardstick and a fork pump. You can start setting SAG at your fork first. First you need to pull down the O-ring of your fork. If your suspension part does not have one, do not worry. Just ask a buddy of yours to help you with the setting SAG MTB process. Well as a next step, stand on your bike and then go down from your mountain bike carefully. You should use your riding gear, in order to simulate your riding weight thus getting the right SAG results. Do not use any break of your mountain bike, this can lead to wrong results.

Let’s start with the fork

For the fork we suggest setting your SAG between 20% and 40%. So how do you calculate this number? Simply measure with the yardstick the total travel of your fork and measure the distance of travel you just used. If you do not have an O-Ring your buddy should measure the distance of travel, which is left on your fork while standing on your bike.

The magic formula for setting the SAG

Then divide the used travel by the total travel and then multiply it with 100. As a result you get the percentage of the SAG.

This value should be between 20 and 40%. In case it is lower, reduce the air pressure and release 5 PSI from your fork’s air chamber. If it is too high, add some air (5 PSI). Repeat these setups until you reach your desired SAG value.

In case you do not have the O-ring and your friend measured the travel which was left, the formula is the following: Substract the travel your friend measured from the total travel. Divide the result by the total travel and then multiply it with 100.

And what about the shock? Setting SAG mtb for the shock.

Setting SAG MTB for your shock is the same process. But we suggest using a SAG value between 15 and 25%. If you do not have an O-ring, first measure the distance between eye to eye. Eye to eye means measure and record the distance from the center of one shock mounting bolt to the center of the other shock mounting bolt. Then you have the total travel. You can then use the same method like above to find out what SAG you have on your shock.

SAG calculator built in, in the SAGLY mobile app

We hope this practical test helps you to set your SAG. A handy EASY SETUP GUIDE you also find on our mobile App, which guides you step by step through the SAG setup with a built in SAG calculator. This mobile app comes with many great features. Document, tune and compare your mountain bike settings with SAGLY. If you want to keep on reading in our blog, here is a MTB setup guide on how to adjust the rebound of your shock.

Download SAGLY, a complete mobile guide for your mountain bike riding, suspension settings and maintenance.

The post Setting SAG MTB – What is that? appeared first on SAGLY.

MTB suspension tuning and jumping

Jumping isn’t just for adrenaline junkies – it’s a fundamental skill that every mountain biker can and should learn. And it’s not that difficult once you’ve got the hang of the techniques involved. Also mountain bike suspension tuning can help you to jump better and safer. First we want to give an introduction to how to actually jump with a mtb and then we want to dive deeper into mtb suspension tuning and the effect of jumping.

Step-by-step guide to jumping

Jumping is all about exerting pressure and your ability to control the timing of this pressure through each wheel. First you need to make sure your pumping is up to scratch. Being able to generate speed without pedaling, by snapping your arms, legs and feet from bent to straight, is crucial to understanding how a bike gets airborne.  

The take-off

Find a jump that you’re comfortable with, roll in at a comfortable speed, out of the saddle. Keep your weight central, over both wheels, and lower your chest. Start to compress, and feel the force of the lip against your tyres.

Treat each wheel as separate – deal with the front then the back – not both together. Slowly start to transfer your weight from your hands to your feet – the idea is that by the time the front wheel reaches the lip, there’s no weight pushing through it.

Pressing down and then releasing your weight through each wheel when jumping is the same as when you bunnyhop. In this case, the lip of a jump will provide all the lift your wheel will need to follow the trajectory of the jump. This means that jumping is a less explosive movement than a bunnyhop – the idea is to keep your head and core following a smooth arc by using your elbows, knees and ankles to do the pushing.

Weight transfer timings and mtb suspension tuning

The point at which you transfer your weight from your hands to your feet is very important. Imagine a line just past halfway up the lip of the jump – this is the point at which you need to change from pushing with your arms to pushing fully from your feet.

If you’re still pushing into the lip through your arms when you get to this line, you’ll end up getting bucked forwards and over the bars. As the jumps get bigger or your bike’s suspension increases – this line moves further back. Also mtb suspension tuning can affect the timing. Especially the rebound of your shock as well as fork is critical.

The landing

Once you’re in the air, you can relax – the hardest part is done. Spot your landing and use your arms and legs to absorb the impact.

Try to land both wheels at the same time. Touching down the rear wheel first can cause the front to wash out, and steep front wheel landings could end up with you going over the bars. 

Then all you need to worry about on landing is staying off the brakes.

Additional jumping technique tips

If you’re struggling to jump using SPD pedals, try fitting some flats.

Start by learning on a tabletop jump, rather than a double, because you’ll have a flat, safe area to land on if you mess up. Don’t go too big too soon.

MTB suspension tuning and jumping

Not only does your technique influence your abilities to jump with a mountain bike but also the chassis settings of your mountain bike. MTB suspension tuning can improve your feeling in the air and you feel more safe and stable.

One of the most dangerous effects of your suspension to your jumping is when your bike tilts forward when jumping. This can be caused by various mistakes in your mtb suspension tuning.

Here is a list:

Your bike tilts forward when jumping

The Air pressure of your fork is too soft and much softer than your shock’s air pressure

The rebound of your shock is too fast

Also your bike can jump again when you have hard landings

Rebound on shock can be too fast

Rebound of your fork can be too fast

Or also your front can go up

The High Speed Rebound of your shock is too slow

The High Speed Compression of your shock is too soft

So I hope this guide helps you to improve your jumping. Not only your jumping technique but also your mtb suspension tuning in regard to jumping. Do not forget to check out our mobile app SAGLY, which helps you to find your ideal suspension settings.

Download SAGLY, a complete mobile guide for your mountain bike riding, suspension settings and maintenance.

The post MTB suspension tuning and jumping appeared first on SAGLY.

Bike build spreadsheet can help you to build your bike

If you want to build a custom bike with custom parts, you have to keep track of every part to figure out if they fit together. Also if you want to keep track how much the parts cost in total a bike build spreadsheet helps. Another reason for using a spreadsheet is to sum up the weights of each part you are using for the mountain bike. 

Excel or google spreadsheet is a powerful software, which can help you do that. You do not have to create a spreadsheet by yourself. We found some drafts or templates for you, that you can use or adapt to your needs.

Usually a template includes the following columns:

1. Part Name
2. Cost
3. Weight
4. Links to products
5. Photos, serial number or receipts
6. Other notes

Our favorite bike build spreadsheet

Here is the link to the spreadsheet: https://docs.google.com/spreadsheets/d/1ztlxcX0NXo4Z5JaMFvkuiho19UCAiOULwABORlpSLOQ/edit#gid=0

Alternative spreadsheet

Here is the link to the spreadsheet: https://docs.google.com/spreadsheets/d/1fSQvgRn3sLO7mXY6vDm0bILCwIZQ7rJHOZ1K0WS_5EI/edit?hl=en&hl=en#gid=0

I hope this helps you to build your mountain bike. And do not forget to download SAGLY, in order to improve your suspension setup of your custom mountain bike.

Download SAGLY, a complete mobile guide for your mountain bike riding, suspension settings and maintenance.

The post Bike build spreadsheet can help you to build your bike appeared first on SAGLY.

Mountain bike suspension tuning tips … top 10

1. You can use a small zip-tie as a makeshift O-ring if your fork doesn’t have one

Ideally, your suspension has a rubberized O-ring that allows you to easily set your SAG; however, if for some reason yours is missing, a zip-tie snug enough to stay in place but loose enough to slide can be used instead. Carefully remove the zip-tie before riding to prevent scratching your stanchion. Handy trick, or? Next tip is a term which is also important for mountain bike suspension tuning.

2. What is a head angle? A important term also for mountain bike suspension tuning.

The angle between the ground and the head tube (and therefore the fork) is important because slack angles, where the fork is raked out and closer to being parallel to the ground, slow down a bike’s steering response but make descending easier. So the flatter the head angle, the smoother the bike is, the steeper it is, the more maneuverable/agile the bike is. In recent years, steering angles have become much slacker across all categories.

3. What is reach?

The reach describes how much/little your stretch forward when you are on the pedal. The longer the reach, the faster the bike rides and the better integrated the rider is into the bike. The trend is towards very long reach values.

4. Wheel Travel VS. Stroke

Wheel travel is the actual distance the rear wheel moves when the rear suspension compresses. Stroke refers to the distance that the shock’s shaft compresses.

5. What is stack?

The stack shows how high the front is in relation to the bottom bracket. The higher the value, the more upright you stand on the bike.

6. Bike cleaning for mountain bike suspension tuning enthusiasts

Spray your bike down with a water hose immediately after use before the dirt dries. Avoid the hard jet of high-pressure cleaners. Avoid using high-pressure air or water especially when cleaning around areas like bearings, screws or suspension elements, as it can force dirt or water in. When cleaning suspension, wipe around the seals and stanchion with a clean microfiber rag. Keep stanchion and fork/shock seals clean to increase the longevity of your suspension components.

7. Maintenance for mountain bike suspension parts

If you ride often we suggest to service your mountain bike suspension parts every 20 – 40 rides. For more recreational styles of mountain biking, we suggest to do it once per year during an annual overhaul/tune-up. Make sure to do regular maintenance and cleaning on your suspension components. If you race or ride frequently, this maintenance interval may need to be even shorter. Keep track of your mountain bike maintenances with SAGLY. Connect SAGLY to strava an import riding mileage. Get notified whenever a maintenance is due. Read the guides and even carry out instructions by yourself. This helps you save money.

8. How much does a shock service cost?

You will need some tools and supplies which will likely cost you $80-150 depending on what you got and what you want to do. This is for a basic service.

9. How do I measure stroke length?

Stroke length refers to the total distance the shock can compress. You can measure the stroke length by subtracting the eye to eye length when the shock is fully compressed, from the eye to eye length when the shock is fully extended – you should get relatively close to the shock’s stroke length.

10. When should I service my fork?

We recommend performing such a service at least once a year.

More Tips and Know-How on mountain bike suspension tuning you find directly in the SAGLY mobile app. Download it and become and mountain bike Suspension tuning expert.

Download SAGLY, a complete mobile guide for your mountain bike riding, suspension settings and maintenance.

The post Mountain bike suspension tuning tips … top 10 appeared first on SAGLY.

Mountain bike apps you should have – Here are 5 of them …

Trailforks

Not only a mountain bike app to find the best trails.

Trailforks is a trail management system for outdoor enthusiasts, trail builders/associations, government and tourism. The mountain bike app aims to provide the very best tools to inventory, maintain, promote and showcase trail networks and tourism destinations. Tools such as statistics empower each group to have accessible data to show local city councils, governments, tourism boards and parks, conveying the popularity and potential economic impact of outdoor recreation on their area in order to receive further support to grow trail networks.

The Trailforks App harnesses all this data and provides users with the best tool for planning their next destination and on-trail experience of navigation and safety.

STRAVA

Fitness apps like STRAVA are also great for mountain bikers. The app helps you connect with other people all around the world who share your sports interests and you can even find athletic challenges and local clubs.

The paid version, Strava Summit extends the app with further features. Those features you can set up your custom goals, training plans and analyze your logged exercises in more detail.

Using Strava, a top mountain bike app, you can also compete in local challenges, like upcoming half-marathons, or compete against yourself other local athletes using segments. You can find segments of every trail or bikepark and you can challenge yourself uphill or downhill with other riders.

You can follow other users, athletes and riders on the app, to see their posts, photos and rides. Those who follow you can also see your activities, and give you “kudos” — Strava’s version of likes — or comment on the post.

Users can record their exercise, and choose from a wide variety of exercise options like running, e-bike riding and canoeing, including things like distance, pace and details about how you felt about the experience.

By the way: You can connect the mobile app SAGLY to Strava to keep track of the maintenances of your mountain bike. The mileage of your Strava rides is automatically synched to SAGLY and you are notified whenever you reach a maintenance deadline. Tips and tricks will help you then to carry out the maintenance.

Komoot

Koomot, another great mountain bike app specializes in discovering and riding on interesting routes. The almost 100 megabyte application focuses on personalized hiking, mountain biking and racing bike routes. After you choose a region, the mountain bike app shows you a vast number of routes. You can access those routes with friends or alone. The app provides also bigger tours.

In order to be able to correctly assess the suggested paths, the mountain bike app has an overview that provides information on the duration, distance, difference in altitude and degree of difficulty of the routes. Since these are mostly ready-made route plans, in most cases you have to get to the starting point first. This can also be done within the app using the route planner. The app and the routes are also available offline. In a bird eyes view you can see the routes and navigate.

You can also evaluate the route you chose. You also get an overview of the average speed, covered altitude and other data.

Garmin IQ Store

With the Garmin IQ Store App you can give the display of your Garmin Fitness Watch a personal touch. Simply download the app. You can set up pictures from your mobile phone as the display background of your watch. In addition, you can choose a digital or analogue design and place different displays freely on the dial. This is a great mountain bike app which helps you to customize your riding gear.

SAGLY – Mountain bike app to find the ideal chassis settings

MTBs and E-MTBs are equipped with a chassis, some of which are associated with quite complex settings. Most riders usually have not adjusted the chassis optimally and therefore have less riding pleasure and also endangers their safety. 

SAGLY helps you to find optimal settings for your mountain-bike and to continuously improve and document them. This mountain bike app is not only for mountain bike tech geeks but for all kind of riders. Also like mentioned above you get help with your mountain bike maintenance.

Download SAGLY, a complete mobile guide for your mountain bike riding, suspension settings and maintenance.

The post Mountain bike apps you should have – Here are 5 of them … appeared first on SAGLY.

Privacy Policy

Last updated: 2026-01-13

Anton Hörl built the SAGLY app as a Freemium app with optional paid subscriptions. This SERVICE is provided by Anton Hörl and is intended for use as is.

This Privacy Policy explains how SAGLY collects, uses, stores, and shares information when you use the app and related services (the “Service”).

If you choose to use the Service, you agree to the collection and use of information in relation to this policy.

Controller

The data controller responsible for processing your personal data is:

Anton Hörl
Sonnberg 170
A-5771 Leogang
Austria
Email: anton@sagly.at

Information We Collect

We collect information in three ways: (1) information you provide, (2) information collected automatically when you use the Service, and (3) information from third parties (primarily app stores and service providers) needed to operate the Service.

1) Information you provide

Depending on how you use SAGLY, you may provide personal information such as:

• Profile and identifiers: name, skill level, language, country, Instagram handle
• Body and fitness-related data: weight, height
• Bike and setup data: bike model(s), mountain bike suspension settings and related configuration
• Images and media: profile image, images of your bike(s)
• Approximate location: coarse/approximate location (for example, country/region-level), if you choose to provide or enable it

Important: Weight/height and similar information can be considered sensitive in some contexts. You should only enter information you are comfortable storing in the Service.

2) Information collected automatically

When you use SAGLY, certain technical information may be collected automatically, including:

• Device information (device model, OS version)
• App information (app version, settings, language)
• Identifiers (for example, device identifiers or app instance identifiers used for analytics, attribution, and crash reporting)
• Usage data (feature usage, interactions, timestamps)
• Diagnostic data (crash logs, performance data)
• Network data such as IP address (may be processed by our service providers for security and diagnostics)

3) Subscription and purchase information

If you purchase a subscription, payments are processed by the platform you used to download the app (e.g., Apple App Store / Google Play) and/or our subscription infrastructure provider. We do not receive your full payment card details. We may receive purchase-related information such as subscription status, product identifier, purchase and renewal timestamps, and transaction identifiers to verify your entitlement and provide customer support.

How We Use Information

We use the information described above for purposes such as:

• Providing core app features (profiles, bike setup tracking, storing your settings and images)
• Syncing, storing, and retrieving your content across sessions/devices (where applicable)
• Operating, maintaining, and improving the Service
• Providing customer support and responding to requests
• Managing subscriptions and verifying access to paid features
• Diagnostics, crash reporting, and performance monitoring
• Analytics, attribution, and measuring the effectiveness of app links/campaigns
• Security, fraud prevention, and abuse prevention

Legal Bases (EEA / UK GDPR)

If you are located in the European Economic Area or the United Kingdom, we process personal data under one or more of the following legal bases:

• Contract: to provide the Service you request (e.g., storing your profile/bike settings and enabling app functionality)
• Consent: for optional information you choose to provide and for certain technologies where consent is required (you can withdraw consent at any time via your device/app settings where available)
• Legitimate interests: to maintain and improve the Service, ensure security, and detect crashes and performance issues
• Legal obligation: where required (e.g., compliance, tax/accounting obligations related to transactions, if applicable)

How We Share Information

We do not sell your personal data. We share information only as needed to operate the Service, including with the service providers listed below, and in the following circumstances:

• Service providers: companies that process data on our behalf to provide infrastructure, analytics, crash reporting, attribution, and subscription management
• Legal and safety reasons: to comply with the law, enforce our terms, or protect rights, safety, and security
• Business changes: if the Service is involved in a merger, acquisition, or asset transfer (you will be notified where required)

Service Providers / Third-Party SDKs

SAGLY uses third-party services/SDKs that may process information to provide their functionality. These providers may collect identifiers and technical data (and, depending on configuration, certain events you trigger in the app). Their processing is governed by their own privacy policies.

Providers used by the app may include:

• Firebase Crashlytics (Google): crash reporting and diagnostics
• Raygun: crash reporting and performance monitoring
• RevenueCat: subscription infrastructure and entitlement verification
• Facebook SDK (Meta): analytics/attribution (depending on your configuration and device settings)
• Branch SDK: deep linking and attribution
• Google Play Services / Apple services: platform functionality

Privacy policies (for convenience):

• Google / Firebase: https://policies.google.com/privacy
• RevenueCat: https://www.revenuecat.com/privacy/
• Meta (Facebook): https://www.facebook.com/privacy/policy/
• Raygun: https://raygun.com/privacy
• Branch: https://www.branch.io/policies/#privacy

International Data Transfers

Some of our service providers may process data outside your country, including in countries that may not provide the same level of data protection as your home jurisdiction. Where required, we rely on appropriate safeguards for cross-border transfers (for example, Standard Contractual Clauses approved by the European Commission, and other legally recognized transfer mechanisms).

Data Retention

We retain personal data only as long as necessary for the purposes described in this Privacy Policy, including to provide the Service, comply with legal obligations, resolve disputes, and enforce agreements.

Typical retention examples:

• Account/profile data and user content: retained until you delete it or request deletion, unless retention is required for legal reasons
• Crash/diagnostic logs: retained for a limited period as determined by our diagnostics providers and our configuration
• Subscription records: retained as needed for entitlement verification, support, and legal/accounting requirements

Your Choices and Rights

You can access, update, or delete certain information in the app (where available). You can also control certain permissions (such as photos and location) through your device settings.

If you are in the EEA/UK (and in many other jurisdictions), you may have rights to:

• Request access to your personal data
• Request correction or deletion
• Object to or restrict processing
• Request data portability
• Withdraw consent where processing is based on consent
• Lodge a complaint with your data protection authority

To exercise rights, contact us at anton@sagly.at. We may need to verify your request before fulfilling it.

Security

We take reasonable and commercially acceptable measures to protect your information. However, no method of transmission over the internet or electronic storage is 100% secure; therefore, we cannot guarantee absolute security.

Links to Other Sites

This Service may contain links to other sites (including our website). If you click a third-party link, you will be directed to that site. We strongly advise you to review the Privacy Policy of those websites. We have no control over and assume no responsibility for their content, privacy policies, or practices.

Children’s Privacy

These Services do not address anyone under the age of 13, and we do not knowingly collect personal data from children under 13. If you believe a child has provided personal data, please contact us and we will take appropriate steps to delete the information.

Changes to This Privacy Policy

We may update our Privacy Policy from time to time. You are advised to review this page periodically for changes. We will notify you of changes by posting the new Privacy Policy on this page.

Contact Us

If you have any questions or suggestions about this Privacy Policy, contact: anton@sagly.at.

END USER LICENSE AGREEMENT

Find our END USER LICENSE AGREEMENT here.

The post Privacy policy appeared first on SAGLY.